"Fossies" - the Fresh Open Source Software Archive

Member "sssd-2.4.2/src/man/po/fr.po" (19 Feb 2021, 853302 Bytes) of package /linux/misc/sssd-2.4.2.tar.gz:


As a special service "Fossies" has tried to format the requested source page into HTML format using (guessed) PO translation source code syntax highlighting (style: standard) with prefixed line numbers. Alternatively you can here view or download the uninterpreted source code file.

    1 # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
    2 # Copyright (C) YEAR Red Hat
    3 # This file is distributed under the same license as the sssd-docs package.
    4 #
    5 # Translators:
    6 # Fabien Archambault <marbolangos@gmail.com>, 2012
    7 # Jérôme Fenal <jfenal@gmail.com>, 2012-2014
    8 # jhrozek <jhrozek@redhat.com>, 2014
    9 # Fabien Archambault <marbolangos@gmail.com>, 2012
   10 # sgallagh <sgallagh@redhat.com>, 2012
   11 # sgallagh <sgallagh@redhat.com>, 2012
   12 # Jérôme Fenal <jfenal@gmail.com>, 2015. #zanata
   13 # Jean-Baptiste Holcroft <jean-baptiste@holcroft.fr>, 2016. #zanata
   14 # Jérôme Fenal <jfenal@gmail.com>, 2016. #zanata
   15 # Ludek Janda <ljanda@redhat.com>, 2020. #zanata
   16 msgid ""
   17 msgstr ""
   18 "Project-Id-Version: sssd-docs 2.3.0\n"
   19 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: sssd-devel@redhat.com\n"
   20 "POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-19 16:49+0100\n"
   21 "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-07-22 07:49-0400\n"
   22 "Last-Translator: Copied by Zanata <copied-by-zanata@zanata.org>\n"
   23 "Language-Team: French (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/sssd/language/"
   24 "fr/)\n"
   25 "Language: fr\n"
   26 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
   27 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
   28 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
   29 "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n"
   30 "X-Generator: Zanata 4.6.2\n"
   31 
   32 #. type: Content of: <reference><title>
   33 #: sss_groupmod.8.xml:5 sssd.conf.5.xml:5 sssd-ldap.5.xml:5 pam_sss.8.xml:5
   34 #: pam_sss_gss.8.xml:5 sssd_krb5_locator_plugin.8.xml:5 sssd-simple.5.xml:5
   35 #: sss-certmap.5.xml:5 sssd-ipa.5.xml:5 sssd-ad.5.xml:5 sssd-sudo.5.xml:5
   36 #: sssd.8.xml:5 sss_obfuscate.8.xml:5 sss_override.8.xml:5 sss_useradd.8.xml:5
   37 #: sssd-krb5.5.xml:5 sss_groupadd.8.xml:5 sss_userdel.8.xml:5
   38 #: sss_groupdel.8.xml:5 sss_groupshow.8.xml:5 sss_usermod.8.xml:5
   39 #: sss_cache.8.xml:5 sss_debuglevel.8.xml:5 sss_seed.8.xml:5 sssd-ifp.5.xml:5
   40 #: sss_rpcidmapd.5.xml:5 sss_ssh_authorizedkeys.1.xml:5
   41 #: sss_ssh_knownhostsproxy.1.xml:5 idmap_sss.8.xml:5 sssctl.8.xml:5
   42 #: sssd-files.5.xml:5 sssd-secrets.5.xml:5 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:5
   43 #: sssd-kcm.8.xml:5 sssd-systemtap.5.xml:5 sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:5
   44 msgid "SSSD Manual pages"
   45 msgstr "Pages de manuel de SSSD"
   46 
   47 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refname>
   48 #: sss_groupmod.8.xml:10 sss_groupmod.8.xml:15
   49 msgid "sss_groupmod"
   50 msgstr "sss_groupmod"
   51 
   52 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refmeta><manvolnum>
   53 #: sss_groupmod.8.xml:11 pam_sss.8.xml:12 pam_sss_gss.8.xml:12
   54 #: sssd_krb5_locator_plugin.8.xml:11 sssd.8.xml:11 sss_obfuscate.8.xml:11
   55 #: sss_override.8.xml:11 sss_useradd.8.xml:11 sss_groupadd.8.xml:11
   56 #: sss_userdel.8.xml:11 sss_groupdel.8.xml:11 sss_groupshow.8.xml:11
   57 #: sss_usermod.8.xml:11 sss_cache.8.xml:11 sss_debuglevel.8.xml:11
   58 #: sss_seed.8.xml:11 idmap_sss.8.xml:11 sssctl.8.xml:11 sssd-kcm.8.xml:11
   59 msgid "8"
   60 msgstr "8"
   61 
   62 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
   63 #: sss_groupmod.8.xml:16
   64 msgid "modify a group"
   65 msgstr "modifier un groupe"
   66 
   67 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsynopsisdiv><cmdsynopsis>
   68 #: sss_groupmod.8.xml:21
   69 msgid ""
   70 "<command>sss_groupmod</command> <arg choice='opt'> <replaceable>options</"
   71 "replaceable> </arg> <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>GROUP</replaceable></"
   72 "arg>"
   73 msgstr ""
   74 "<command>sss_groupmod</command> <arg choice='opt'> <replaceable>options</"
   75 "replaceable> </arg> <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>GROUP</replaceable></"
   76 "arg>"
   77 
   78 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
   79 #: sss_groupmod.8.xml:30 sssd-ldap.5.xml:21 pam_sss.8.xml:63
   80 #: pam_sss_gss.8.xml:30 sssd_krb5_locator_plugin.8.xml:20 sssd-simple.5.xml:22
   81 #: sss-certmap.5.xml:21 sssd-ipa.5.xml:21 sssd-ad.5.xml:21 sssd-sudo.5.xml:21
   82 #: sssd.8.xml:29 sss_obfuscate.8.xml:30 sss_override.8.xml:30
   83 #: sss_useradd.8.xml:30 sssd-krb5.5.xml:21 sss_groupadd.8.xml:30
   84 #: sss_userdel.8.xml:30 sss_groupdel.8.xml:30 sss_groupshow.8.xml:30
   85 #: sss_usermod.8.xml:30 sss_cache.8.xml:29 sss_debuglevel.8.xml:30
   86 #: sss_seed.8.xml:31 sssd-ifp.5.xml:21 sss_ssh_authorizedkeys.1.xml:30
   87 #: sss_ssh_knownhostsproxy.1.xml:31 idmap_sss.8.xml:20 sssctl.8.xml:30
   88 #: sssd-files.5.xml:21 sssd-secrets.5.xml:21 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:21
   89 #: sssd-kcm.8.xml:21 sssd-systemtap.5.xml:21 sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:21
   90 msgid "DESCRIPTION"
   91 msgstr "DESCRIPTION"
   92 
   93 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
   94 #: sss_groupmod.8.xml:32
   95 msgid ""
   96 "<command>sss_groupmod</command> modifies the group to reflect the changes "
   97 "that are specified on the command line."
   98 msgstr ""
   99 "<command>sss_groupmod</command> modifie le groupe pour refléter les "
  100 "changements spécifiés sur la ligne de commande."
  101 
  102 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
  103 #: sss_groupmod.8.xml:39 pam_sss.8.xml:70 pam_sss_gss.8.xml:89 sssd.8.xml:42
  104 #: sss_obfuscate.8.xml:58 sss_useradd.8.xml:39 sss_groupadd.8.xml:39
  105 #: sss_userdel.8.xml:39 sss_groupdel.8.xml:39 sss_groupshow.8.xml:39
  106 #: sss_usermod.8.xml:39 sss_cache.8.xml:39 sss_seed.8.xml:42
  107 #: sss_ssh_authorizedkeys.1.xml:123 sss_ssh_knownhostsproxy.1.xml:62
  108 msgid "OPTIONS"
  109 msgstr "OPTIONS"
  110 
  111 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  112 #: sss_groupmod.8.xml:43 sss_usermod.8.xml:77
  113 msgid ""
  114 "<option>-a</option>,<option>--append-group</option> <replaceable>GROUPS</"
  115 "replaceable>"
  116 msgstr ""
  117 "<option>-a</option>,<option>--append-group</option> <replaceable>GROUPS</"
  118 "replaceable>"
  119 
  120 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  121 #: sss_groupmod.8.xml:48
  122 msgid ""
  123 "Append this group to groups specified by the <replaceable>GROUPS</"
  124 "replaceable> parameter.  The <replaceable>GROUPS</replaceable> parameter is "
  125 "a comma separated list of group names."
  126 msgstr ""
  127 "Ajouter ce groupe aux groupes spécifiés par le paramètre "
  128 "<replaceable>GROUPS</replaceable>. Le paramètre <replaceable>GROUPS</"
  129 "replaceable> est une liste séparée par des virgules de noms de groupe."
  130 
  131 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  132 #: sss_groupmod.8.xml:57 sss_usermod.8.xml:91
  133 msgid ""
  134 "<option>-r</option>,<option>--remove-group</option> <replaceable>GROUPS</"
  135 "replaceable>"
  136 msgstr ""
  137 "<option>-r</option>,<option>--remove-group</option> <replaceable>GROUPS</"
  138 "replaceable>"
  139 
  140 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  141 #: sss_groupmod.8.xml:62
  142 msgid ""
  143 "Remove this group from groups specified by the <replaceable>GROUPS</"
  144 "replaceable> parameter."
  145 msgstr ""
  146 "Supprime ce groupe des groupes spécifiés par le paramètre "
  147 "<replaceable>GROUPS</replaceable>."
  148 
  149 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refname>
  150 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:10 sssd.conf.5.xml:16
  151 msgid "sssd.conf"
  152 msgstr "sssd.conf"
  153 
  154 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refmeta><manvolnum>
  155 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:11 sssd-ldap.5.xml:11 sssd-simple.5.xml:11
  156 #: sss-certmap.5.xml:11 sssd-ipa.5.xml:11 sssd-ad.5.xml:11 sssd-sudo.5.xml:11
  157 #: sssd-krb5.5.xml:11 sssd-ifp.5.xml:11 sss_rpcidmapd.5.xml:27
  158 #: sssd-files.5.xml:11 sssd-secrets.5.xml:11 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:11
  159 #: sssd-systemtap.5.xml:11 sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:11
  160 msgid "5"
  161 msgstr "5"
  162 
  163 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refmeta><refmiscinfo>
  164 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:12 sssd-ldap.5.xml:12 sssd-simple.5.xml:12
  165 #: sss-certmap.5.xml:12 sssd-ipa.5.xml:12 sssd-ad.5.xml:12 sssd-sudo.5.xml:12
  166 #: sssd-krb5.5.xml:12 sssd-ifp.5.xml:12 sss_rpcidmapd.5.xml:28
  167 #: sssd-files.5.xml:12 sssd-secrets.5.xml:12 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:12
  168 #: sssd-kcm.8.xml:12 sssd-systemtap.5.xml:12 sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:12
  169 msgid "File Formats and Conventions"
  170 msgstr "Formats de fichier et conventions"
  171 
  172 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
  173 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:17
  174 msgid "the configuration file for SSSD"
  175 msgstr "Le fichier de configuration pour SSSD"
  176 
  177 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
  178 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:21
  179 msgid "FILE FORMAT"
  180 msgstr "FORMAT DE FICHIER"
  181 
  182 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><programlisting>
  183 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:29
  184 #, no-wrap
  185 msgid ""
  186 "<replaceable>[section]</replaceable>\n"
  187 "<replaceable>key</replaceable> = <replaceable>value</replaceable>\n"
  188 "<replaceable>key2</replaceable> = <replaceable>value2,value3</replaceable>\n"
  189 "            "
  190 msgstr ""
  191 "<replaceable>[section]</replaceable>\n"
  192 "<replaceable>key</replaceable> = <replaceable>value</replaceable>\n"
  193 "<replaceable>key2</replaceable> = <replaceable>value2,value3</replaceable>\n"
  194 "            "
  195 
  196 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
  197 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:24
  198 msgid ""
  199 "The file has an ini-style syntax and consists of sections and parameters. A "
  200 "section begins with the name of the section in square brackets and continues "
  201 "until the next section begins. An example of section with single and multi-"
  202 "valued parameters: <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
  203 msgstr ""
  204 "Ce fichier utilise la syntaxe de style « .ini » et est constituée de "
  205 "sections et de paramètres. Une section commence par le nom de la section "
  206 "entre crochets et continue jusqu'à la section suivante. Un exemple de "
  207 "section avec des paramètres mono et multi-valués : <placeholder type="
  208 "\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
  209 
  210 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
  211 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:36
  212 msgid ""
  213 "The data types used are string (no quotes needed), integer and bool (with "
  214 "values of <quote>TRUE/FALSE</quote>)."
  215 msgstr ""
  216 "Les types de données utilisées sont des chaînes (pas de guillemets "
  217 "nécessaires), des entiers et des booléens (ayant pour valeur <quote>TRUE/"
  218 "FALSE</quote>)."
  219 
  220 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
  221 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:41
  222 msgid ""
  223 "A comment line starts with a hash sign (<quote>#</quote>) or a semicolon "
  224 "(<quote>;</quote>).  Inline comments are not supported."
  225 msgstr ""
  226 
  227 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
  228 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:47
  229 msgid ""
  230 "All sections can have an optional <replaceable>description</replaceable> "
  231 "parameter. Its function is only as a label for the section."
  232 msgstr ""
  233 "Toutes les sections peuvent avoir un paramètre facultatif de "
  234 "<replaceable>description</replaceable>. Sa fonction ne sert qu'à nommer la "
  235 "section."
  236 
  237 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
  238 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:53
  239 msgid ""
  240 "<filename>sssd.conf</filename> must be a regular file, owned by root and "
  241 "only root may read from or write to the file."
  242 msgstr ""
  243 "<filename>sssd.conf</filename> doit être un fichier normal, appartenant à "
  244 "root, et seul root doit pouvoir écrire et lire ce fichier."
  245 
  246 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
  247 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:59
  248 msgid "CONFIGURATION SNIPPETS FROM INCLUDE DIRECTORY"
  249 msgstr ""
  250 
  251 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
  252 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:62
  253 msgid ""
  254 "The configuration file <filename>sssd.conf</filename> will include "
  255 "configuration snippets using the include directory <filename>conf.d</"
  256 "filename>. This feature is available if SSSD was compiled with libini "
  257 "version 1.3.0 or later."
  258 msgstr ""
  259 
  260 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
  261 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:69
  262 msgid ""
  263 "Any file placed in <filename>conf.d</filename> that ends in "
  264 "<quote><filename>.conf</filename></quote> and does not begin with a dot "
  265 "(<quote>.</quote>) will be used together with <filename>sssd.conf</filename> "
  266 "to configure SSSD."
  267 msgstr ""
  268 
  269 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
  270 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:77
  271 msgid ""
  272 "The configuration snippets from <filename>conf.d</filename> have higher "
  273 "priority than <filename>sssd.conf</filename> and will override "
  274 "<filename>sssd.conf</filename> when conflicts occur. If several snippets are "
  275 "present in <filename>conf.d</filename>, then they are included in "
  276 "alphabetical order (based on locale).  Files included later have higher "
  277 "priority. Numerical prefixes (<filename>01_snippet.conf</filename>, "
  278 "<filename>02_snippet.conf</filename> etc.) can help visualize the priority "
  279 "(higher number means higher priority)."
  280 msgstr ""
  281 
  282 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
  283 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:91
  284 msgid ""
  285 "The snippet files require the same owner and permissions as <filename>sssd."
  286 "conf</filename>. Which are by default root:root and 0600."
  287 msgstr ""
  288 
  289 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
  290 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:98
  291 msgid "GENERAL OPTIONS"
  292 msgstr "OPTIONS GÉNÉRALES"
  293 
  294 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
  295 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:100
  296 msgid "Following options are usable in more than one configuration sections."
  297 msgstr ""
  298 "Les options qui suivent peuvent être utilisées dans plus d'une section de "
  299 "configuration."
  300 
  301 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
  302 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:104
  303 msgid "Options usable in all sections"
  304 msgstr "Options utilisables dans toutes les sections"
  305 
  306 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  307 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:108
  308 msgid "debug_level (integer)"
  309 msgstr "debug_level (entier)"
  310 
  311 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  312 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:112
  313 msgid "debug (integer)"
  314 msgstr ""
  315 
  316 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  317 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:115
  318 msgid ""
  319 "SSSD 1.14 and later also includes the <replaceable>debug</replaceable> alias "
  320 "for <replaceable>debug_level</replaceable> as a convenience feature. If both "
  321 "are specified, the value of <replaceable>debug_level</replaceable> will be "
  322 "used."
  323 msgstr ""
  324 
  325 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  326 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:125
  327 msgid "debug_timestamps (bool)"
  328 msgstr "debug_timestamps (booléen)"
  329 
  330 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  331 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:128
  332 msgid ""
  333 "Add a timestamp to the debug messages.  If journald is enabled for SSSD "
  334 "debug logging this option is ignored."
  335 msgstr ""
  336 "Ajoute un horodatage aux messages de débogage. Si journald est activé pour "
  337 "la journalisation de débogage de SSSD, cette option sera ignorée."
  338 
  339 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  340 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:133 sssd.conf.5.xml:331 sssd.conf.5.xml:612
  341 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:941 sssd.conf.5.xml:1936 sssd.conf.5.xml:1966
  342 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:962 sssd-ldap.5.xml:1060 sssd-ldap.5.xml:1127
  343 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1579 sssd-ldap.5.xml:1644 sssd-ipa.5.xml:341
  344 #: sssd-ad.5.xml:229 sssd-ad.5.xml:343 sssd-ad.5.xml:1177 sssd-ad.5.xml:1325
  345 #: sssd-krb5.5.xml:499 sssd-secrets.5.xml:351 sssd-secrets.5.xml:364
  346 msgid "Default: true"
  347 msgstr "Par défaut : true"
  348 
  349 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  350 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:138
  351 msgid "debug_microseconds (bool)"
  352 msgstr "debug_microseconds (booléen)"
  353 
  354 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  355 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:141
  356 msgid ""
  357 "Add microseconds to the timestamp in debug messages.  If journald is enabled "
  358 "for SSSD debug logging this option is ignored."
  359 msgstr ""
  360 "Ajouter les microsecondes à l'horodatage dans les messages de débogage. Si "
  361 "journald est activé pour la journalisation de débogage de SSSD, cette option "
  362 "sera ignorée."
  363 
  364 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  365 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:146 sssd.conf.5.xml:609 sssd.conf.5.xml:823
  366 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1869 sssd.conf.5.xml:3686 sssd-ldap.5.xml:312
  367 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:813 sssd-ldap.5.xml:832 sssd-ldap.5.xml:1032
  368 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1463 sssd-ldap.5.xml:1668 sssd-ipa.5.xml:151
  369 #: sssd-ipa.5.xml:253 sssd-ipa.5.xml:589 sssd-ad.5.xml:1083 sssd-krb5.5.xml:266
  370 #: sssd-krb5.5.xml:300 sssd-krb5.5.xml:471 sssd-krb5.5.xml:573
  371 msgid "Default: false"
  372 msgstr "Par défaut : false"
  373 
  374 #. type: Content of: outside any tag (error?)
  375 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:106 sssd.conf.5.xml:157 sssd-ldap.5.xml:1520
  376 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1691 sssd-systemtap.5.xml:82 sssd-systemtap.5.xml:143
  377 #: sssd-systemtap.5.xml:236 sssd-systemtap.5.xml:274 sssd-systemtap.5.xml:330
  378 #: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:40 sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:646
  379 #: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:784 sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:873
  380 #: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:970 sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:1028
  381 #: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:1186 sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:1231
  382 #: include/autofs_attributes.xml:1
  383 msgid "<placeholder type=\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
  384 msgstr "<placeholder type=\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
  385 
  386 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
  387 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:155
  388 msgid "Options usable in SERVICE and DOMAIN sections"
  389 msgstr "Options utilisables dans les sections SERVICE et DOMAIN"
  390 
  391 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  392 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:159
  393 msgid "timeout (integer)"
  394 msgstr "timeout (entier)"
  395 
  396 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  397 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:162
  398 msgid ""
  399 "Timeout in seconds between heartbeats for this service. This is used to "
  400 "ensure that the process is alive and capable of answering requests. Note "
  401 "that after three missed heartbeats the process will terminate itself."
  402 msgstr ""
  403 
  404 #. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><refsect3><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  405 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:169 sssd.conf.5.xml:1161 sssd.conf.5.xml:1550
  406 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3702 sssd-ldap.5.xml:684 include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:264
  407 msgid "Default: 10"
  408 msgstr "Par défaut : 10"
  409 
  410 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
  411 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:179
  412 msgid "SPECIAL SECTIONS"
  413 msgstr "SECTIONS SPÉCIALES"
  414 
  415 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
  416 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:182
  417 msgid "The [sssd] section"
  418 msgstr "La section [sssd]"
  419 
  420 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><title>
  421 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:191 sssd.conf.5.xml:3791
  422 msgid "Section parameters"
  423 msgstr "Paramètres de sections"
  424 
  425 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  426 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:193
  427 msgid "config_file_version (integer)"
  428 msgstr "config_file_version (entier)"
  429 
  430 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  431 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:196
  432 msgid ""
  433 "Indicates what is the syntax of the config file. SSSD 0.6.0 and later use "
  434 "version 2."
  435 msgstr ""
  436 "Indique la syntaxe du fichier de configuration. Pour SSSD 0.6.0 ou "
  437 "supérieure utiliser la version 2."
  438 
  439 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  440 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:202
  441 msgid "services"
  442 msgstr "services"
  443 
  444 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  445 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:205
  446 msgid ""
  447 "Comma separated list of services that are started when sssd itself starts.  "
  448 "<phrase condition=\"have_systemd\"> The services' list is optional on "
  449 "platforms where systemd is supported, as they will either be socket or D-Bus "
  450 "activated when needed.  </phrase>"
  451 msgstr ""
  452 
  453 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  454 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:214
  455 msgid ""
  456 "Supported services: nss, pam <phrase condition=\"with_sudo\">, sudo</phrase> "
  457 "<phrase condition=\"with_autofs\">, autofs</phrase> <phrase condition="
  458 "\"with_ssh\">, ssh</phrase> <phrase condition=\"with_pac_responder\">, pac</"
  459 "phrase> <phrase condition=\"with_ifp\">, ifp</phrase>"
  460 msgstr ""
  461 "Les services pris en charge : nss, pam <phrase condition=\"with_sudo\">, "
  462 "sudo</phrase> <phrase condition=\"with_autofs\"> ,autofs</phrase> <phrase "
  463 "condition=\"with_ssh\">, ssh</phrase> <phrase condition=\"with_pac_responder"
  464 "\">, pac</phrase> <phrase condition=\"with_ifp\">, ifp</phrase>"
  465 
  466 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  467 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:222
  468 msgid ""
  469 "<phrase condition=\"have_systemd\"> By default, all services are disabled "
  470 "and the administrator must enable the ones allowed to be used by executing: "
  471 "\"systemctl enable sssd-@service@.socket\".  </phrase>"
  472 msgstr ""
  473 
  474 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  475 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:231 sssd.conf.5.xml:683
  476 msgid "reconnection_retries (integer)"
  477 msgstr "reconnection_retries (entier)"
  478 
  479 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  480 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:234 sssd.conf.5.xml:686
  481 msgid ""
  482 "Number of times services should attempt to reconnect in the event of a Data "
  483 "Provider crash or restart before they give up"
  484 msgstr ""
  485 "Nombre d'essais de reconnection ou de redémarrage que les services doivent "
  486 "effectuer dans le cas d'un plantage du fournisseur de données avant "
  487 "d'abandonner"
  488 
  489 #. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  490 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:239 sssd.conf.5.xml:691 include/failover.xml:100
  491 msgid "Default: 3"
  492 msgstr "Par défaut : 3"
  493 
  494 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  495 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:244
  496 msgid "domains"
  497 msgstr "domaines"
  498 
  499 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  500 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:247
  501 msgid ""
  502 "A domain is a database containing user information. SSSD can use more "
  503 "domains at the same time, but at least one must be configured or SSSD won't "
  504 "start.  This parameter describes the list of domains in the order you want "
  505 "them to be queried.  A domain name is recommended to contain only "
  506 "alphanumeric ASCII characters, dashes, dots and underscores. '/' character "
  507 "is forbidden."
  508 msgstr ""
  509 
  510 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  511 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:260 sssd.conf.5.xml:3203
  512 msgid "re_expression (string)"
  513 msgstr "re_expression (chaîne)"
  514 
  515 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  516 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:263
  517 msgid ""
  518 "Default regular expression that describes how to parse the string containing "
  519 "user name and domain into these components."
  520 msgstr ""
  521 "L'expression régulière par défaut qui décrit la manière d'analyser la chaîne "
  522 "contenant le nom d'utilisateur et de domaine dans ces composants."
  523 
  524 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  525 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:268
  526 msgid ""
  527 "Each domain can have an individual regular expression configured. For some "
  528 "ID providers there are also default regular expressions. See DOMAIN SECTIONS "
  529 "for more info on these regular expressions."
  530 msgstr ""
  531 
  532 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  533 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:277 sssd.conf.5.xml:3251
  534 msgid "full_name_format (string)"
  535 msgstr "full_name_format (chaîne)"
  536 
  537 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  538 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:280 sssd.conf.5.xml:3254
  539 msgid ""
  540 "A <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>printf</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>3</"
  541 "manvolnum> </citerefentry>-compatible format that describes how to compose a "
  542 "fully qualified name from user name and domain name components."
  543 msgstr ""
  544 "Un format compatible avec<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>printf</"
  545 "refentrytitle> <manvolnum>3</manvolnum> </citerefentry> décrivant comment "
  546 "composer un domaine pleinement qualifé à partir des noms d'utilisateur et de "
  547 "domaine."
  548 
  549 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  550 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:291 sssd.conf.5.xml:3265
  551 msgid "%1$s"
  552 msgstr "%1$s"
  553 
  554 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  555 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:292 sssd.conf.5.xml:3266
  556 msgid "user name"
  557 msgstr "nom d'utilisateur"
  558 
  559 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  560 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:295 sssd.conf.5.xml:3269
  561 msgid "%2$s"
  562 msgstr "%2$s"
  563 
  564 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  565 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:298 sssd.conf.5.xml:3272
  566 msgid "domain name as specified in the SSSD config file."
  567 msgstr ""
  568 "nom de domaine tel qu'indiqué dans le fichier de configuration de SSSD."
  569 
  570 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  571 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:304 sssd.conf.5.xml:3278
  572 msgid "%3$s"
  573 msgstr "%3$s"
  574 
  575 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  576 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:307 sssd.conf.5.xml:3281
  577 msgid ""
  578 "domain flat name. Mostly usable for Active Directory domains, both directly "
  579 "configured or discovered via IPA trusts."
  580 msgstr ""
  581 "nom de domaine à plat. Utilisable principalement pour les domaines Active "
  582 "Directory, configurés directement ou découverts via les relations "
  583 "d'approbation IPA."
  584 
  585 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  586 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:288 sssd.conf.5.xml:3262
  587 msgid ""
  588 "The following expansions are supported: <placeholder type=\"variablelist\" "
  589 "id=\"0\"/>"
  590 msgstr ""
  591 "Les expansions suivantes sont prises en charge : <placeholder type="
  592 "\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
  593 
  594 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  595 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:317
  596 msgid ""
  597 "Each domain can have an individual format string configured.  See DOMAIN "
  598 "SECTIONS for more info on this option."
  599 msgstr ""
  600 
  601 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  602 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:323
  603 msgid "monitor_resolv_conf (boolean)"
  604 msgstr ""
  605 
  606 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  607 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:326
  608 msgid ""
  609 "Controls if SSSD should monitor the state of resolv.conf to identify when it "
  610 "needs to update its internal DNS resolver."
  611 msgstr ""
  612 
  613 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  614 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:336
  615 msgid "try_inotify (boolean)"
  616 msgstr "try_inotify (booléen)"
  617 
  618 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  619 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:339
  620 msgid ""
  621 "By default, SSSD will attempt to use inotify to monitor configuration files "
  622 "changes and will fall back to polling every five seconds if inotify cannot "
  623 "be used."
  624 msgstr ""
  625 
  626 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  627 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:345
  628 msgid ""
  629 "There are some limited situations where it is preferred that we should skip "
  630 "even trying to use inotify. In these rare cases, this option should be set "
  631 "to 'false'"
  632 msgstr ""
  633 "Il existe quelques cas spécifiques où l'utilisation de inotify n'est pas "
  634 "conseillée. Dans ces rares cas, cette option devrait être définie à « false »"
  635 
  636 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  637 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:351
  638 msgid ""
  639 "Default: true on platforms where inotify is supported. False on other "
  640 "platforms."
  641 msgstr ""
  642 "Par défaut : true sur les plates-formes où inotify est pris en charge. False "
  643 "sur les autres plates-formes."
  644 
  645 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  646 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:355
  647 msgid ""
  648 "Note: this option will have no effect on platforms where inotify is "
  649 "unavailable. On these platforms, polling will always be used."
  650 msgstr ""
  651 "Note : cette option n'aura aucun effet sur les plateformes où inotify n'est "
  652 "pas disponible. Sur celles-ci, l'interrogation régulière sera toujours "
  653 "utilisée."
  654 
  655 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  656 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:362
  657 msgid "krb5_rcache_dir (string)"
  658 msgstr "krb5_rcache_dir (chaîne)"
  659 
  660 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  661 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:365
  662 msgid ""
  663 "Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache "
  664 "files."
  665 msgstr ""
  666 "Répertoire du système de fichiers où SSSD doit stocker les fichiers de cache "
  667 "de rejeu Kerberos."
  668 
  669 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  670 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:369
  671 msgid ""
  672 "This option accepts a special value __LIBKRB5_DEFAULTS__ that will instruct "
  673 "SSSD to let libkrb5 decide the appropriate location for the replay cache."
  674 msgstr ""
  675 "Cette option accepte une valeur spéciale __LIBKRB5_DEFAULTS__ qui indiquera "
  676 "à SSSD de laisser libkrb5 décider l'emplacement approprié pour le cache de "
  677 "relecture."
  678 
  679 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  680 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:375
  681 msgid ""
  682 "Default: Distribution-specific and specified at build-time. "
  683 "(__LIBKRB5_DEFAULTS__ if not configured)"
  684 msgstr ""
  685 "Par défaut : paramètre spécifique à la distribution et spécifié au moment de "
  686 "la construction du logiciel. (__LIBKRB5_DEFAULTS__ si non configuré)"
  687 
  688 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  689 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:382
  690 msgid "user (string)"
  691 msgstr "user (chaîne)"
  692 
  693 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  694 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:385
  695 msgid ""
  696 "The user to drop the privileges to where appropriate to avoid running as the "
  697 "root user.  <phrase condition=\"have_systemd\"> This option does not work "
  698 "when running socket-activated services, as the user set up to run the "
  699 "processes is set up during compilation time.  The way to override the "
  700 "systemd unit files is by creating the appropriate files in /etc/systemd/"
  701 "system/.  Keep in mind that any change in the socket user, group or "
  702 "permissions may result in a non-usable SSSD. The same may occur in case of "
  703 "changes of the user running the NSS responder.  </phrase>"
  704 msgstr ""
  705 
  706 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  707 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:403
  708 msgid "Default: not set, process will run as root"
  709 msgstr "Par défaut : non défini, le processus tourne en tant que root"
  710 
  711 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  712 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:408
  713 msgid "default_domain_suffix (string)"
  714 msgstr "default_domain_suffix (string)"
  715 
  716 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  717 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:411
  718 msgid ""
  719 "This string will be used as a default domain name for all names without a "
  720 "domain name component. The main use case is environments where the primary "
  721 "domain is intended for managing host policies and all users are located in a "
  722 "trusted domain.  The option allows those users to log in just with their "
  723 "user name without giving a domain name as well."
  724 msgstr ""
  725 "Cette chaîne servira comme nom de domaine par défaut pour tous les noms sans "
  726 "composant de nom de domaine. Les principaux cas d'utilisation sont les "
  727 "environnements où le domaine principal va permettre de gérer les politiques "
  728 "de systèmes ainsi que tous les utilisateur provenant d'un domaine approuvé. "
  729 "L'option permet à ces utilisateurs de se connecter sans fournir un nom de "
  730 "domaine."
  731 
  732 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  733 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:421
  734 msgid ""
  735 "Please note that if this option is set all users from the primary domain "
  736 "have to use their fully qualified name, e.g. user@domain.name, to log in. "
  737 "Setting this option changes default of use_fully_qualified_names to True. It "
  738 "is not allowed to use this option together with use_fully_qualified_names "
  739 "set to False. One exception from this rule are domains with "
  740 "<quote>id_provider=files</quote> that always try to match the behaviour of "
  741 "nss_files and therefore their output is not qualified even when the "
  742 "default_domain_suffix option is used."
  743 msgstr ""
  744 
  745 #. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><refsect3><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  746 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:436 sssd.conf.5.xml:1348 sssd-ldap.5.xml:772
  747 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:784 sssd-ldap.5.xml:876 sssd-ad.5.xml:897 sssd-ad.5.xml:972
  748 #: sssd.8.xml:126 sssd-krb5.5.xml:410 sssd-krb5.5.xml:609
  749 #: sssd-secrets.5.xml:339 sssd-secrets.5.xml:377 sssd-secrets.5.xml:390
  750 #: sssd-secrets.5.xml:404 sssd-secrets.5.xml:415 sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:470
  751 #: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:959 include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:205
  752 #: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:216
  753 msgid "Default: not set"
  754 msgstr "Par défaut : non défini"
  755 
  756 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  757 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:441
  758 msgid "override_space (string)"
  759 msgstr "override_space (chaîne)"
  760 
  761 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  762 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:444
  763 msgid ""
  764 "This parameter will replace spaces (space bar)  with the given character for "
  765 "user and group names.  e.g. (_). User name &quot;john doe&quot; will be "
  766 "&quot;john_doe&quot; This feature was added to help compatibility with shell "
  767 "scripts that have difficulty handling spaces, due to the default field "
  768 "separator in the shell."
  769 msgstr ""
  770 "Ce paramètre remplace les espaces avec le caractère indiqués pour les noms "
  771 "d'utilisateurs et de groupes, par ex. (_). Ainsi, le nom &quot;john "
  772 "doe&quot; deviendra &quot;john_doe&quot;. Cette fonctionnalité a été ajoutée "
  773 "pour aider à la compatibilité avec les scripts shells qui ont des "
  774 "difficultés à gérer les espaces, du fait que l'espace est le séparateur par "
  775 "défaut de l'interpréteur de commande."
  776 
  777 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  778 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:453
  779 msgid ""
  780 "Please note it is a configuration error to use a replacement character that "
  781 "might be used in user or group names. If a name contains the replacement "
  782 "character SSSD tries to return the unmodified name but in general the result "
  783 "of a lookup is undefined."
  784 msgstr ""
  785 
  786 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  787 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:461
  788 msgid "Default: not set (spaces will not be replaced)"
  789 msgstr "Par défaut : non défini (les espaces ne seront pas remplacées)"
  790 
  791 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  792 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:466
  793 msgid "certificate_verification (string)"
  794 msgstr ""
  795 
  796 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  797 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:474
  798 msgid "no_ocsp"
  799 msgstr ""
  800 
  801 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  802 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:476
  803 msgid ""
  804 "Disables Online Certificate Status Protocol (OCSP) checks. This might be "
  805 "needed if the OCSP servers defined in the certificate are not reachable from "
  806 "the client."
  807 msgstr ""
  808 
  809 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  810 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:484
  811 msgid "soft_ocsp"
  812 msgstr ""
  813 
  814 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  815 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:486
  816 msgid ""
  817 "If a connection cannot be established to an OCSP responder the OCSP check is "
  818 "skipped.  This option should be used to allow authentication when the system "
  819 "is offline and the OCSP responder cannot be reached."
  820 msgstr ""
  821 
  822 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  823 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:496
  824 msgid "ocsp_dgst"
  825 msgstr ""
  826 
  827 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  828 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:498
  829 msgid ""
  830 "Digest (hash) function used to create the certificate ID for the OCSP "
  831 "request. Allowed values are:"
  832 msgstr ""
  833 
  834 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
  835 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:502
  836 msgid "sha1"
  837 msgstr ""
  838 
  839 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
  840 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:503
  841 msgid "sha256"
  842 msgstr ""
  843 
  844 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
  845 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:504
  846 msgid "sha384"
  847 msgstr ""
  848 
  849 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
  850 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:505
  851 msgid "sha512"
  852 msgstr ""
  853 
  854 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  855 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:508
  856 msgid "Default: sha1 (to allow compatibility with RFC5019-compliant responder)"
  857 msgstr ""
  858 
  859 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  860 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:514
  861 msgid "no_verification"
  862 msgstr ""
  863 
  864 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  865 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:516
  866 msgid ""
  867 "Disables verification completely.  This option should only be used for "
  868 "testing."
  869 msgstr ""
  870 
  871 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  872 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:522
  873 msgid "ocsp_default_responder=URL"
  874 msgstr ""
  875 
  876 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  877 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:524
  878 msgid ""
  879 "Sets the OCSP default responder which should be used instead of the one "
  880 "mentioned in the certificate. URL must be replaced with the URL of the OCSP "
  881 "default responder e.g.  http://example.com:80/ocsp."
  882 msgstr ""
  883 
  884 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  885 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:534
  886 msgid "ocsp_default_responder_signing_cert=NAME"
  887 msgstr ""
  888 
  889 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  890 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:536
  891 msgid ""
  892 "This option is currently ignored. All needed certificates must be available "
  893 "in the PEM file given by pam_cert_db_path."
  894 msgstr ""
  895 
  896 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  897 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:544
  898 msgid "crl_file=/PATH/TO/CRL/FILE"
  899 msgstr ""
  900 
  901 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  902 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:546
  903 #, fuzzy
  904 #| msgid ""
  905 #| "Please refer to the <quote>dns_discovery_domain</quote> parameter in the "
  906 #| "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd.conf</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
  907 #| "manvolnum> </citerefentry> manual page for more details."
  908 msgid ""
  909 "Use the Certificate Revocation List (CRL) from the given file during the "
  910 "verification of the certificate. The CRL must be given in PEM format, see "
  911 "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>crl</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>1ssl</"
  912 "manvolnum> </citerefentry> for details."
  913 msgstr ""
  914 "Se reporter au paramètre <quote>dns_discovery_domain</quote> dans la page de "
  915 "manuel <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sssd.conf</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
  916 "manvolnum></citerefentry> pour plus de détails."
  917 
  918 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  919 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:559
  920 msgid "soft_crl"
  921 msgstr ""
  922 
  923 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  924 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:562
  925 msgid ""
  926 "If a Certificate Revocation List (CRL)  is expired ignore the CRL checks for "
  927 "the related certificates. This option should be used to allow authentication "
  928 "when the system is offline and the CRL cannot be renewed."
  929 msgstr ""
  930 
  931 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  932 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:469
  933 msgid ""
  934 "With this parameter the certificate verification can be tuned with a comma "
  935 "separated list of options. Supported options are: <placeholder type="
  936 "\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
  937 msgstr ""
  938 
  939 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  940 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:573
  941 msgid "Unknown options are reported but ignored."
  942 msgstr ""
  943 
  944 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  945 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:576
  946 msgid "Default: not set, i.e. do not restrict certificate verification"
  947 msgstr ""
  948 
  949 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  950 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:582
  951 msgid "disable_netlink (boolean)"
  952 msgstr ""
  953 
  954 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  955 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:585
  956 msgid ""
  957 "SSSD hooks into the netlink interface to monitor changes to routes, "
  958 "addresses, links and trigger certain actions."
  959 msgstr ""
  960 
  961 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  962 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:590
  963 msgid ""
  964 "The SSSD state changes caused by netlink events may be undesirable and can "
  965 "be disabled by setting this option to 'true'"
  966 msgstr ""
  967 
  968 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  969 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:595
  970 msgid "Default: false (netlink changes are detected)"
  971 msgstr ""
  972 
  973 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  974 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:600
  975 msgid "enable_files_domain (boolean)"
  976 msgstr ""
  977 
  978 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  979 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:603
  980 msgid ""
  981 "When this option is enabled, SSSD prepends an implicit domain with "
  982 "<quote>id_provider=files</quote> before any explicitly configured domains."
  983 msgstr ""
  984 
  985 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  986 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:617
  987 msgid "domain_resolution_order"
  988 msgstr ""
  989 
  990 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  991 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:620
  992 msgid ""
  993 "Comma separated list of domains and subdomains representing the lookup order "
  994 "that will be followed.  The list doesn't have to include all possible "
  995 "domains as the missing domains will be looked up based on the order they're "
  996 "presented in the <quote>domains</quote> configuration option.  The "
  997 "subdomains which are not listed as part of <quote>lookup_order</quote> will "
  998 "be looked up in a random order for each parent domain."
  999 msgstr ""
 1000 
 1001 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1002 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:632
 1003 msgid ""
 1004 "Please, note that when this option is set the output format of all commands "
 1005 "is always fully-qualified even when using short names for input, for all "
 1006 "users but the ones managed by the files provider.  In case the administrator "
 1007 "wants the output not fully-qualified, the full_name_format option can be "
 1008 "used as shown below: <quote>full_name_format=%1$s</quote> However, keep in "
 1009 "mind that during login, login applications often canonicalize the username "
 1010 "by calling <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>getpwnam</refentrytitle> "
 1011 "<manvolnum>3</manvolnum> </citerefentry> which, if a shortname is returned "
 1012 "for a qualified input (while trying to reach a user which exists in multiple "
 1013 "domains) might re-route the login attempt into the domain which uses "
 1014 "shortnames, making this workaround totally not recommended in cases where "
 1015 "usernames may overlap between domains."
 1016 msgstr ""
 1017 
 1018 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1019 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:657 sssd.conf.5.xml:1562 sssd.conf.5.xml:3752
 1020 #: sssd-ad.5.xml:164 sssd-ad.5.xml:304 sssd-ad.5.xml:318
 1021 msgid "Default: Not set"
 1022 msgstr "Par défaut : non défini"
 1023 
 1024 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 1025 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:184
 1026 msgid ""
 1027 "Individual pieces of SSSD functionality are provided by special SSSD "
 1028 "services that are started and stopped together with SSSD.  The services are "
 1029 "managed by a special service frequently called <quote>monitor</quote>. The "
 1030 "<quote>[sssd]</quote> section is used to configure the monitor as well as "
 1031 "some other important options like the identity domains.  <placeholder type="
 1032 "\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
 1033 msgstr ""
 1034 "Les fonctionnalités propres à SSSD sont fournies par des services "
 1035 "spécifiques SSSD, qui sont démarrés et arrêtés en même temps que SSSD. Les "
 1036 "services sont gérés par un service spécifique souvent appelé le "
 1037 "<quote>moniteur</quote>. La section <quote>[sssd]</quote> est utilisée pour "
 1038 "configurer le moniteur ainsi que certaines options importantes comme "
 1039 "l'identité des domaines. <placeholder type=\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
 1040 
 1041 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
 1042 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:668
 1043 msgid "SERVICES SECTIONS"
 1044 msgstr "SECTIONS DE SERVICES"
 1045 
 1046 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 1047 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:670
 1048 msgid ""
 1049 "Settings that can be used to configure different services are described in "
 1050 "this section. They should reside in the [<replaceable>$NAME</replaceable>] "
 1051 "section, for example, for NSS service, the section would be <quote>[nss]</"
 1052 "quote>"
 1053 msgstr ""
 1054 "Les options utilisables pour configurer les différents services sont "
 1055 "décrites dans cette section. Ils doivent être situés dans la section "
 1056 "[<replaceable>$NAME</replaceable>], par exemple pour le service NSS, la "
 1057 "section doit être <quote>[nss]</quote>"
 1058 
 1059 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
 1060 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:677
 1061 msgid "General service configuration options"
 1062 msgstr "Options générales de configuration de service"
 1063 
 1064 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 1065 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:679
 1066 msgid "These options can be used to configure any service."
 1067 msgstr "Ces options peuvent être utilisées pour configurer les services."
 1068 
 1069 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1070 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:696
 1071 msgid "fd_limit"
 1072 msgstr "fd_limit"
 1073 
 1074 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1075 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:699
 1076 msgid ""
 1077 "This option specifies the maximum number of file descriptors that may be "
 1078 "opened at one time by this SSSD process. On systems where SSSD is granted "
 1079 "the CAP_SYS_RESOURCE capability, this will be an absolute setting. On "
 1080 "systems without this capability, the resulting value will be the lower value "
 1081 "of this or the limits.conf \"hard\" limit."
 1082 msgstr ""
 1083 "Cette option spécifie le nombre maximal de descripteurs de fichiers qui "
 1084 "peuvent être ouverts en même temps par ce processus SSSD. Sur les systèmes "
 1085 "où SSSD se voit accorder la capacité CAP_SYS_RESOURCE, ce sera une limite "
 1086 "absolue. Sur les systèmes sans cette capacité, la valeur résultante sera la "
 1087 "valeur inférieure  ou la limite « hard » de limits.conf."
 1088 
 1089 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1090 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:708
 1091 msgid "Default: 8192 (or limits.conf \"hard\" limit)"
 1092 msgstr "Par défault : 8192 (ou la limite « hard » de limits.conf)"
 1093 
 1094 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1095 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:713
 1096 msgid "client_idle_timeout"
 1097 msgstr "client_idle_timeout"
 1098 
 1099 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1100 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:716
 1101 msgid ""
 1102 "This option specifies the number of seconds that a client of an SSSD process "
 1103 "can hold onto a file descriptor without communicating on it. This value is "
 1104 "limited in order to avoid resource exhaustion on the system. The timeout "
 1105 "can't be shorter than 10 seconds. If a lower value is configured, it will be "
 1106 "adjusted to 10 seconds."
 1107 msgstr ""
 1108 
 1109 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1110 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:725
 1111 #, fuzzy
 1112 #| msgid "Default: 300"
 1113 msgid "Default: 60, KCM: 300"
 1114 msgstr "Par défaut : 300"
 1115 
 1116 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1117 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:730
 1118 msgid "offline_timeout (integer)"
 1119 msgstr "offline_timeout (entier)"
 1120 
 1121 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1122 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:733
 1123 msgid ""
 1124 "When SSSD switches to offline mode the amount of time before it tries to go "
 1125 "back online will increase based upon the time spent disconnected.  This "
 1126 "value is in seconds and calculated by the following:"
 1127 msgstr ""
 1128 
 1129 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1130 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:740
 1131 msgid "offline_timeout + random_offset"
 1132 msgstr "offline_timeout + random_offset"
 1133 
 1134 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1135 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:743
 1136 msgid ""
 1137 "The random offset value is from 0 to 30.  After each unsuccessful attempt to "
 1138 "go online, the new interval is recalculated by the following:"
 1139 msgstr ""
 1140 
 1141 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1142 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:748
 1143 #, fuzzy
 1144 #| msgid "new_interval = old_interval*2 + random_offset"
 1145 msgid "new_interval = (old_interval * 2) + random_offset"
 1146 msgstr "new_interval = old_interval*2 + random_offset"
 1147 
 1148 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1149 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:751
 1150 msgid ""
 1151 "Note that the maximum length of each interval is defined by "
 1152 "offline_timeout_max, which defaults to one hour. If the calculated length of "
 1153 "new_interval is greater than offline_timeout_max, it will be forced to the "
 1154 "offline_timeout_max value."
 1155 msgstr ""
 1156 
 1157 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1158 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:758 sssd.conf.5.xml:1072 sssd.conf.5.xml:1414
 1159 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1651 sssd-ldap.5.xml:469
 1160 msgid "Default: 60"
 1161 msgstr "Par défaut : 60"
 1162 
 1163 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1164 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:763
 1165 #, fuzzy
 1166 #| msgid "offline_timeout (integer)"
 1167 msgid "offline_timeout_max (integer)"
 1168 msgstr "offline_timeout (entier)"
 1169 
 1170 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1171 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:766
 1172 msgid ""
 1173 "Controls by how much the time between attempts to go online can be "
 1174 "incremented following unsuccessful attempts to go online."
 1175 msgstr ""
 1176 
 1177 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1178 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:771
 1179 msgid "A value of 0 disables the incrementing behaviour."
 1180 msgstr ""
 1181 
 1182 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1183 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:774
 1184 msgid ""
 1185 "The value of this parameter should be set in correlation to offline_timeout "
 1186 "parameter value."
 1187 msgstr ""
 1188 
 1189 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1190 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:778
 1191 msgid ""
 1192 "With offline_timeout set to 60 (default value) there is no point in setting "
 1193 "offlinet_timeout_max to less than 120 as it will saturate instantly. General "
 1194 "rule here should be to set offline_timeout_max to at least 4 times "
 1195 "offline_timeout."
 1196 msgstr ""
 1197 
 1198 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1199 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:784
 1200 msgid ""
 1201 "Although a value between 0 and offline_timeout may be specified, it has the "
 1202 "effect of overriding the offline_timeout value so is of little use."
 1203 msgstr ""
 1204 
 1205 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1206 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:789
 1207 #, fuzzy
 1208 #| msgid "Default: 300"
 1209 msgid "Default: 3600"
 1210 msgstr "Par défaut : 300"
 1211 
 1212 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1213 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:794
 1214 msgid "responder_idle_timeout"
 1215 msgstr ""
 1216 
 1217 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1218 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:797
 1219 msgid ""
 1220 "This option specifies the number of seconds that an SSSD responder process "
 1221 "can be up without being used. This value is limited in order to avoid "
 1222 "resource exhaustion on the system.  The minimum acceptable value for this "
 1223 "option is 60 seconds.  Setting this option to 0 (zero) means that no timeout "
 1224 "will be set up to the responder.  This option only has effect when SSSD is "
 1225 "built with systemd support and when services are either socket or D-Bus "
 1226 "activated."
 1227 msgstr ""
 1228 
 1229 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1230 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:811 sssd.conf.5.xml:1085 sssd.conf.5.xml:2090
 1231 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:326
 1232 msgid "Default: 300"
 1233 msgstr "Par défaut : 300"
 1234 
 1235 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1236 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:816
 1237 msgid "cache_first"
 1238 msgstr ""
 1239 
 1240 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1241 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:819
 1242 msgid ""
 1243 "This option specifies whether the responder should query all caches before "
 1244 "querying the Data Providers."
 1245 msgstr ""
 1246 
 1247 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
 1248 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:831
 1249 msgid "NSS configuration options"
 1250 msgstr "Options de configuration NSS"
 1251 
 1252 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 1253 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:833
 1254 msgid ""
 1255 "These options can be used to configure the Name Service Switch (NSS) service."
 1256 msgstr ""
 1257 "Ces options peuvent être utilisées pour configurer le service Name Service "
 1258 "Switch (NSS)."
 1259 
 1260 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1261 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:838
 1262 msgid "enum_cache_timeout (integer)"
 1263 msgstr "enum_cache_timeout (entier)"
 1264 
 1265 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1266 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:841
 1267 msgid ""
 1268 "How many seconds should nss_sss cache enumerations (requests for info about "
 1269 "all users)"
 1270 msgstr ""
 1271 "La durée en secondes pendant laquelle nss_sss doit mettre en cache les "
 1272 "énumérations (requêtes sur les informations de tous les utilisateurs)"
 1273 
 1274 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1275 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:845
 1276 msgid "Default: 120"
 1277 msgstr "Par défaut : 120"
 1278 
 1279 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1280 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:850
 1281 msgid "entry_cache_nowait_percentage (integer)"
 1282 msgstr "entry_cache_nowait_percentage (entier)"
 1283 
 1284 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1285 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:853
 1286 msgid ""
 1287 "The entry cache can be set to automatically update entries in the background "
 1288 "if they are requested beyond a percentage of the entry_cache_timeout value "
 1289 "for the domain."
 1290 msgstr ""
 1291 "La valeur du cache peut être définie pour mettre à jour automatiquement les "
 1292 "entrées en arrière plan si la requête ne dépasse pas un pourcentage de la "
 1293 "valeur de entry_cache_timeout pour le domaine."
 1294 
 1295 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1296 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:859
 1297 msgid ""
 1298 "For example, if the domain's entry_cache_timeout is set to 30s and "
 1299 "entry_cache_nowait_percentage is set to 50 (percent), entries that come in "
 1300 "after 15 seconds past the last cache update will be returned immediately, "
 1301 "but the SSSD will go and update the cache on its own, so that future "
 1302 "requests will not need to block waiting for a cache update."
 1303 msgstr ""
 1304 "Par exemple, si la valeur entry_cache_timeout du domaine est à 30 secondes "
 1305 "et que entry_cache_nowait_percentage est à 50 (%), les entrées qui veulent "
 1306 "mettre à jour le cache après 15 secondes seront renvoyées immédiatement, "
 1307 "mais SSSD continuera et mettra à jour le cache de lui-même. Ainsi, les "
 1308 "prochaines requêtes ne seront pas bloquées en attendant une mise à jour du "
 1309 "cache."
 1310 
 1311 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1312 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:869
 1313 msgid ""
 1314 "Valid values for this option are 0-99 and represent a percentage of the "
 1315 "entry_cache_timeout for each domain. For performance reasons, this "
 1316 "percentage will never reduce the nowait timeout to less than 10 seconds.  (0 "
 1317 "disables this feature)"
 1318 msgstr ""
 1319 "Les valeurs autorisées pour cette option vont de 0 à 99 et représentent un "
 1320 "pourcentage de la valeur entry_cache_timeout pour chaque domaine. Pour des "
 1321 "raisons de performance, ce pourcentage ne réduira jamais le délai d'attente "
 1322 "de non réponse à moins de 10 secondes (0 pour désactiver l'option)."
 1323 
 1324 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1325 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:877 sssd.conf.5.xml:1890
 1326 msgid "Default: 50"
 1327 msgstr "Par défaut : 50"
 1328 
 1329 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1330 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:882
 1331 msgid "entry_negative_timeout (integer)"
 1332 msgstr "entry_negative_timeout (entier)"
 1333 
 1334 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1335 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:885
 1336 msgid ""
 1337 "Specifies for how many seconds nss_sss should cache negative cache hits "
 1338 "(that is, queries for invalid database entries, like nonexistent ones)  "
 1339 "before asking the back end again."
 1340 msgstr ""
 1341 "Spécifie le temps, en secondes, pendant lequel nss_sss doit mettre en cache "
 1342 "les résultats négatifs du cache (c'est-à-dire les requêtes pour les bases de "
 1343 "données invalides, comme celles qui n'existent pas) avant de faire à nouveau "
 1344 "appel au moteur."
 1345 
 1346 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1347 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:891 sssd.conf.5.xml:1914
 1348 msgid "Default: 15"
 1349 msgstr "Par défaut : 15"
 1350 
 1351 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1352 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:896
 1353 msgid "local_negative_timeout (integer)"
 1354 msgstr ""
 1355 
 1356 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1357 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:899
 1358 msgid ""
 1359 "Specifies for how many seconds nss_sss should keep local users and groups in "
 1360 "negative cache before trying to look it up in the back end again. Setting "
 1361 "the option to 0 disables this feature."
 1362 msgstr ""
 1363 
 1364 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1365 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:905
 1366 msgid "Default: 14400 (4 hours)"
 1367 msgstr ""
 1368 
 1369 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1370 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:910
 1371 msgid "filter_users, filter_groups (string)"
 1372 msgstr "filter_users, filter_groups (chaîne)"
 1373 
 1374 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1375 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:913
 1376 msgid ""
 1377 "Exclude certain users or groups from being fetched from the sss NSS "
 1378 "database. This is particularly useful for system accounts. This option can "
 1379 "also be set per-domain or include fully-qualified names to filter only users "
 1380 "from the particular domain or by a user principal name (UPN)."
 1381 msgstr ""
 1382 
 1383 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1384 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:921
 1385 msgid ""
 1386 "NOTE: The filter_groups option doesn't affect inheritance of nested group "
 1387 "members, since filtering happens after they are propagated for returning via "
 1388 "NSS. E.g. a group having a member group filtered out will still have the "
 1389 "member users of the latter listed."
 1390 msgstr ""
 1391 
 1392 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1393 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:929
 1394 msgid "Default: root"
 1395 msgstr "Par défaut : root"
 1396 
 1397 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1398 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:934
 1399 msgid "filter_users_in_groups (bool)"
 1400 msgstr "filter_users_in_groups (booléen)"
 1401 
 1402 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1403 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:937
 1404 msgid ""
 1405 "If you want filtered user still be group members set this option to false."
 1406 msgstr ""
 1407 "Mettre cette option à « false » si les utilisateurs filtrés doivent rester "
 1408 "membres de groupes."
 1409 
 1410 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1411 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:948
 1412 msgid "fallback_homedir (string)"
 1413 msgstr "fallback_homedir (string)"
 1414 
 1415 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1416 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:951
 1417 msgid ""
 1418 "Set a default template for a user's home directory if one is not specified "
 1419 "explicitly by the domain's data provider."
 1420 msgstr ""
 1421 "Définir un modèle par défaut pour un répertoire utilisateur si aucun n'est "
 1422 "explicitement spécifié par le fournisseur de données du domaine."
 1423 
 1424 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1425 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:956
 1426 msgid ""
 1427 "The available values for this option are the same as for override_homedir."
 1428 msgstr ""
 1429 "Les valeurs disponibles pour cette option sont les mêmes que pour "
 1430 "override_homedir."
 1431 
 1432 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting>
 1433 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:962
 1434 #, no-wrap
 1435 msgid ""
 1436 "fallback_homedir = /home/%u\n"
 1437 "                            "
 1438 msgstr ""
 1439 "fallback_homedir = /home/%u\n"
 1440 "                            "
 1441 
 1442 #. type: Content of: <varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1443 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:960 sssd.conf.5.xml:1481 sssd.conf.5.xml:1500
 1444 #: sssd-krb5.5.xml:592 include/override_homedir.xml:59
 1445 msgid "example: <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
 1446 msgstr "exemple : <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
 1447 
 1448 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1449 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:966
 1450 msgid "Default: not set (no substitution for unset home directories)"
 1451 msgstr ""
 1452 "Par défaut : non défini (aucune substitution pour les répertoires d'accueil "
 1453 "non définis)"
 1454 
 1455 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1456 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:972
 1457 msgid "override_shell (string)"
 1458 msgstr "override_shell (string)"
 1459 
 1460 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1461 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:975
 1462 msgid ""
 1463 "Override the login shell for all users. This option supersedes any other "
 1464 "shell options if it takes effect and can be set either in the [nss] section "
 1465 "or per-domain."
 1466 msgstr ""
 1467 "Écrase l'interpréteur de commande à utiliser pour tous les utilisateurs. "
 1468 "Cette option prend le pas sur toutes les autres options d'interpréteur de "
 1469 "commande si elle est en action, et peut être indiquée au choix soit dans la "
 1470 "section [nss], soit par domaine."
 1471 
 1472 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1473 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:981
 1474 msgid "Default: not set (SSSD will use the value retrieved from LDAP)"
 1475 msgstr "Par défaut : indéfini (SSSD utilisera la valeur récupérée de LDAP)"
 1476 
 1477 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1478 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:987
 1479 msgid "allowed_shells (string)"
 1480 msgstr "allowed_shells (chaîne)"
 1481 
 1482 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1483 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:990
 1484 msgid ""
 1485 "Restrict user shell to one of the listed values. The order of evaluation is:"
 1486 msgstr ""
 1487 "Restreindre l'interpréteur de commandes de l'utilisateur à l'une des valeurs "
 1488 "indiquées. L'ordre d'évaluation est :"
 1489 
 1490 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1491 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:993
 1492 msgid "1. If the shell is present in <quote>/etc/shells</quote>, it is used."
 1493 msgstr ""
 1494 "1. Si l'interpréteur de commandes est présent dans <quote>/etc/shells</"
 1495 "quote>, il est utilisé."
 1496 
 1497 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1498 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:997
 1499 msgid ""
 1500 "2. If the shell is in the allowed_shells list but not in <quote>/etc/shells</"
 1501 "quote>, use the value of the shell_fallback parameter."
 1502 msgstr ""
 1503 "2. Si l'interpréteur de commandes est dans la liste « allowed_shells » mais "
 1504 "n'est pas dans <quote>/etc/shells</quote>, la valeur de repli de « "
 1505 "shell_fallback » sera utilisée."
 1506 
 1507 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1508 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1002
 1509 msgid ""
 1510 "3. If the shell is not in the allowed_shells list and not in <quote>/etc/"
 1511 "shells</quote>, a nologin shell is used."
 1512 msgstr ""
 1513 "3. Si l'interpréteur de commandes n'est ni dans la liste « allowed_shells » "
 1514 "ni dans <quote>/etc/shells</quote>, une connexion sans shell est utilisée."
 1515 
 1516 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1517 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1007
 1518 msgid "The wildcard (*) can be used to allow any shell."
 1519 msgstr ""
 1520 
 1521 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1522 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1010
 1523 msgid ""
 1524 "The (*) is useful if you want to use shell_fallback in case that user's "
 1525 "shell is not in <quote>/etc/shells</quote> and maintaining list of all "
 1526 "allowed shells in allowed_shells would be to much overhead."
 1527 msgstr ""
 1528 
 1529 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1530 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1017
 1531 msgid "An empty string for shell is passed as-is to libc."
 1532 msgstr ""
 1533 "Une chaîne vide pour l'interpréteur de commandes est passée telle quelle est "
 1534 "à la libc."
 1535 
 1536 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1537 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1020
 1538 msgid ""
 1539 "The <quote>/etc/shells</quote> is only read on SSSD start up, which means "
 1540 "that a restart of the SSSD is required in case a new shell is installed."
 1541 msgstr ""
 1542 "Le fichier <quote>/etc/shells</quote> n'est lu qu'au démarrage de SSSD. Un "
 1543 "redémarrage de SSSD est nécessaire si un nouvel interpréteur de commandes "
 1544 "est installé."
 1545 
 1546 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1547 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1024
 1548 msgid "Default: Not set. The user shell is automatically used."
 1549 msgstr ""
 1550 "Par défaut : non défini. L'interpréteur de commandes de l'utilisateur est "
 1551 "utilisé automatiquement."
 1552 
 1553 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1554 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1029
 1555 msgid "vetoed_shells (string)"
 1556 msgstr "vetoed_shells (chaîne)"
 1557 
 1558 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1559 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1032
 1560 msgid "Replace any instance of these shells with the shell_fallback"
 1561 msgstr ""
 1562 "Remplace toutes les occurences de ces interpréteurs de commandes par "
 1563 "l'interpréteur de commandes par défaut"
 1564 
 1565 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1566 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1037
 1567 msgid "shell_fallback (string)"
 1568 msgstr "shell_fallback (chaîne)"
 1569 
 1570 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1571 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1040
 1572 msgid ""
 1573 "The default shell to use if an allowed shell is not installed on the machine."
 1574 msgstr ""
 1575 "L'interpréteur de commandes par défaut à utiliser si un interpréteur de "
 1576 "commandes autorisé n'est pas installé sur la machine."
 1577 
 1578 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1579 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1044
 1580 msgid "Default: /bin/sh"
 1581 msgstr "Par défaut : /bin/sh"
 1582 
 1583 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1584 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1049
 1585 msgid "default_shell"
 1586 msgstr "default_shell"
 1587 
 1588 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1589 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1052
 1590 msgid ""
 1591 "The default shell to use if the provider does not return one during lookup. "
 1592 "This option can be specified globally in the [nss] section or per-domain."
 1593 msgstr ""
 1594 "L'interpréteur de commande par défaut à utiliser si le fournisseur n'en "
 1595 "renvoie pas un lors de la recherche. Cette option peut être indiquée au "
 1596 "choix soit dans la section [nss], soit par domaine."
 1597 
 1598 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1599 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1058
 1600 msgid ""
 1601 "Default: not set (Return NULL if no shell is specified and rely on libc to "
 1602 "substitute something sensible when necessary, usually /bin/sh)"
 1603 msgstr ""
 1604 "Par défaut : non défini (retourne NULL si aucun shell n'est spécifié et "
 1605 "s'appuyer sur la libc pour remplacer par quelque chose de sensé lorsque "
 1606 "nécessaire, habituellement /bin/sh)"
 1607 
 1608 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1609 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1065 sssd.conf.5.xml:1407
 1610 msgid "get_domains_timeout (int)"
 1611 msgstr "get_domains_timeout (int)"
 1612 
 1613 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1614 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1068 sssd.conf.5.xml:1410
 1615 msgid ""
 1616 "Specifies time in seconds for which the list of subdomains will be "
 1617 "considered valid."
 1618 msgstr ""
 1619 "Spécifie la durée en secondes pendant laquelle la liste de sous-domaines est "
 1620 "jugée valide."
 1621 
 1622 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1623 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1077
 1624 #, fuzzy
 1625 #| msgid "enum_cache_timeout (integer)"
 1626 msgid "memcache_timeout (integer)"
 1627 msgstr "enum_cache_timeout (entier)"
 1628 
 1629 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1630 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1080
 1631 msgid ""
 1632 "Specifies time in seconds for which records in the in-memory cache will be "
 1633 "valid. Setting this option to zero will disable the in-memory cache."
 1634 msgstr ""
 1635 
 1636 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1637 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1088
 1638 msgid ""
 1639 "WARNING: Disabling the in-memory cache will have significant negative impact "
 1640 "on SSSD's performance and should only be used for testing."
 1641 msgstr ""
 1642 
 1643 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1644 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1094 sssd.conf.5.xml:1119 sssd.conf.5.xml:1144
 1645 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1169
 1646 msgid ""
 1647 "NOTE: If the environment variable SSS_NSS_USE_MEMCACHE is set to \"NO\", "
 1648 "client applications will not use the fast in-memory cache."
 1649 msgstr ""
 1650 
 1651 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1652 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1102
 1653 #, fuzzy
 1654 #| msgid "enum_cache_timeout (integer)"
 1655 msgid "memcache_size_passwd (integer)"
 1656 msgstr "enum_cache_timeout (entier)"
 1657 
 1658 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1659 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1105
 1660 msgid ""
 1661 "Size (in megabytes) of the data table allocated inside fast in-memory cache "
 1662 "for passwd requests.  Setting the size to 0 will disable the passwd in-"
 1663 "memory cache."
 1664 msgstr ""
 1665 
 1666 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1667 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1111 sssd.conf.5.xml:2623 sssd-ldap.5.xml:513
 1668 msgid "Default: 8"
 1669 msgstr "Par défaut : 8"
 1670 
 1671 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1672 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1114 sssd.conf.5.xml:1139 sssd.conf.5.xml:1164
 1673 msgid ""
 1674 "WARNING: Disabled or too small in-memory cache can have significant negative "
 1675 "impact on SSSD's performance."
 1676 msgstr ""
 1677 
 1678 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1679 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1127
 1680 #, fuzzy
 1681 #| msgid "enum_cache_timeout (integer)"
 1682 msgid "memcache_size_group (integer)"
 1683 msgstr "enum_cache_timeout (entier)"
 1684 
 1685 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1686 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1130
 1687 msgid ""
 1688 "Size (in megabytes) of the data table allocated inside fast in-memory cache "
 1689 "for group requests.  Setting the size to 0 will disable the group in-memory "
 1690 "cache."
 1691 msgstr ""
 1692 
 1693 #. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1694 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1136 sssd.conf.5.xml:3340 sssd-ldap.5.xml:453
 1695 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:495 sssd-krb5.5.xml:248 include/failover.xml:116
 1696 msgid "Default: 6"
 1697 msgstr "Par défaut : 6"
 1698 
 1699 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1700 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1152
 1701 #, fuzzy
 1702 #| msgid "enum_cache_timeout (integer)"
 1703 msgid "memcache_size_initgroups (integer)"
 1704 msgstr "enum_cache_timeout (entier)"
 1705 
 1706 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1707 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1155
 1708 msgid ""
 1709 "Size (in megabytes) of the data table allocated inside fast in-memory cache "
 1710 "for initgroups requests.  Setting the size to 0 will disable the initgroups "
 1711 "in-memory cache."
 1712 msgstr ""
 1713 
 1714 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1715 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1177 sssd-ifp.5.xml:74
 1716 msgid "user_attributes (string)"
 1717 msgstr "user_attributes (chaîne)"
 1718 
 1719 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1720 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1180
 1721 msgid ""
 1722 "Some of the additional NSS responder requests can return more attributes "
 1723 "than just the POSIX ones defined by the NSS interface. The list of "
 1724 "attributes is controlled by this option. It is handled the same way as the "
 1725 "<quote>user_attributes</quote> option of the InfoPipe responder (see "
 1726 "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-ifp</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
 1727 "manvolnum> </citerefentry> for details) but with no default values."
 1728 msgstr ""
 1729 
 1730 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1731 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1193
 1732 msgid ""
 1733 "To make configuration more easy the NSS responder will check the InfoPipe "
 1734 "option if it is not set for the NSS responder."
 1735 msgstr ""
 1736 
 1737 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1738 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1198
 1739 msgid "Default: not set, fallback to InfoPipe option"
 1740 msgstr "Par défaut : non défini, repli sur l'option InfoPipe"
 1741 
 1742 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1743 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1203
 1744 msgid "pwfield (string)"
 1745 msgstr ""
 1746 
 1747 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1748 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1206
 1749 msgid ""
 1750 "The value that NSS operations that return users or groups will return for "
 1751 "the <quote>password</quote> field."
 1752 msgstr ""
 1753 
 1754 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1755 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1211
 1756 #, fuzzy
 1757 #| msgid "Default: <quote>permit</quote>"
 1758 msgid "Default: <quote>*</quote>"
 1759 msgstr "Par défaut : <quote>permit</quote>"
 1760 
 1761 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1762 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1214
 1763 #, fuzzy
 1764 #| msgid "This option can also be set per-domain."
 1765 msgid ""
 1766 "Note: This option can also be set per-domain which overwrites the value in "
 1767 "[nss] section."
 1768 msgstr "Cette option peut aussi être définie pour chaque domaine."
 1769 
 1770 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1771 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1218
 1772 msgid ""
 1773 "Default: <quote>not set</quote> (remote domains), <quote>x</quote> (the "
 1774 "files domain), <quote>x</quote> (proxy domain with nss_files and sssd-"
 1775 "shadowutils target)"
 1776 msgstr ""
 1777 
 1778 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
 1779 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1228
 1780 msgid "PAM configuration options"
 1781 msgstr "Options de configuration de PAM"
 1782 
 1783 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 1784 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1230
 1785 msgid ""
 1786 "These options can be used to configure the Pluggable Authentication Module "
 1787 "(PAM) service."
 1788 msgstr ""
 1789 "Ces options permettent de configurer le service Pluggable Authentication "
 1790 "Module (PAM)."
 1791 
 1792 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1793 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1235
 1794 msgid "offline_credentials_expiration (integer)"
 1795 msgstr "offline_credentials_expiration (entier)"
 1796 
 1797 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1798 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1238
 1799 msgid ""
 1800 "If the authentication provider is offline, how long should we allow cached "
 1801 "logins (in days since the last successful online login)."
 1802 msgstr ""
 1803 "Si le fournisseur d'authentification est déconnecté, combien de temps "
 1804 "autoriser les connexions à partir du cache (en jours depuis la dernière "
 1805 "connexion réussie)."
 1806 
 1807 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1808 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1243 sssd.conf.5.xml:1256
 1809 msgid "Default: 0 (No limit)"
 1810 msgstr "Par défaut : 0 (pas de limite)"
 1811 
 1812 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1813 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1249
 1814 msgid "offline_failed_login_attempts (integer)"
 1815 msgstr "offline_failed_login_attempts (entier)"
 1816 
 1817 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1818 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1252
 1819 msgid ""
 1820 "If the authentication provider is offline, how many failed login attempts "
 1821 "are allowed."
 1822 msgstr ""
 1823 "Si le fournisseur d'authentification est déconnecté, combien de connexions "
 1824 "échouées sont autorisées."
 1825 
 1826 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1827 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1262
 1828 msgid "offline_failed_login_delay (integer)"
 1829 msgstr "offline_failed_login_delay (entier)"
 1830 
 1831 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1832 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1265
 1833 msgid ""
 1834 "The time in minutes which has to pass after offline_failed_login_attempts "
 1835 "has been reached before a new login attempt is possible."
 1836 msgstr ""
 1837 "Le temps en minutes à attendre après avoir atteint "
 1838 "offline_failed_login_attempts avant qu'une nouvelle tentative de connexion "
 1839 "soit possible."
 1840 
 1841 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1842 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1270
 1843 msgid ""
 1844 "If set to 0 the user cannot authenticate offline if "
 1845 "offline_failed_login_attempts has been reached. Only a successful online "
 1846 "authentication can enable offline authentication again."
 1847 msgstr ""
 1848 "Si la valeur est à 0, l'utilisateur ne peut s'authentifier en mode "
 1849 "déconnecté si offline_failed_login_attempts est atteint. Seulement une "
 1850 "connexion réussie en ligne peut réactiver l'authentification."
 1851 
 1852 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1853 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1276 sssd.conf.5.xml:1374
 1854 msgid "Default: 5"
 1855 msgstr "Par défaut : 5"
 1856 
 1857 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1858 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1282
 1859 msgid "pam_verbosity (integer)"
 1860 msgstr "pam_verbosity (entier)"
 1861 
 1862 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1863 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1285
 1864 msgid ""
 1865 "Controls what kind of messages are shown to the user during authentication. "
 1866 "The higher the number to more messages are displayed."
 1867 msgstr ""
 1868 "Contrôle le type de messages affichés à l'utilisateur pendant le processus "
 1869 "d'authentification. Plus le nombre est grand, plus le nombre de messages "
 1870 "affichés sera important."
 1871 
 1872 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1873 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1290
 1874 msgid "Currently sssd supports the following values:"
 1875 msgstr "Actuellement sssd supporte les valeurs suivantes :"
 1876 
 1877 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1878 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1293
 1879 msgid "<emphasis>0</emphasis>: do not show any message"
 1880 msgstr "<emphasis>0</emphasis> : ne pas afficher de message"
 1881 
 1882 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1883 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1296
 1884 msgid "<emphasis>1</emphasis>: show only important messages"
 1885 msgstr "<emphasis>1</emphasis> : afficher seulement les messages importants"
 1886 
 1887 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1888 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1300
 1889 msgid "<emphasis>2</emphasis>: show informational messages"
 1890 msgstr "<emphasis>2</emphasis> : afficher les messages d'information"
 1891 
 1892 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1893 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1303
 1894 msgid "<emphasis>3</emphasis>: show all messages and debug information"
 1895 msgstr ""
 1896 "<emphasis>3</emphasis> : afficher tous les messages et informations de "
 1897 "débogage"
 1898 
 1899 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1900 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1307 sssd.8.xml:63
 1901 msgid "Default: 1"
 1902 msgstr "Par défaut : 1"
 1903 
 1904 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1905 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1313
 1906 #, fuzzy
 1907 #| msgid "ad_access_filter (string)"
 1908 msgid "pam_response_filter (string)"
 1909 msgstr "ad_access_filter (chaîne)"
 1910 
 1911 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1912 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1316
 1913 msgid ""
 1914 "A comma separated list of strings which allows to remove (filter) data sent "
 1915 "by the PAM responder to pam_sss PAM module. There are different kind of "
 1916 "responses sent to pam_sss e.g. messages displayed to the user or environment "
 1917 "variables which should be set by pam_sss."
 1918 msgstr ""
 1919 
 1920 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1921 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1324
 1922 msgid ""
 1923 "While messages already can be controlled with the help of the pam_verbosity "
 1924 "option this option allows to filter out other kind of responses as well."
 1925 msgstr ""
 1926 
 1927 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1928 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1331
 1929 msgid "ENV"
 1930 msgstr ""
 1931 
 1932 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1933 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1332
 1934 msgid "Do not send any environment variables to any service."
 1935 msgstr ""
 1936 
 1937 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1938 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1335
 1939 msgid "ENV:var_name"
 1940 msgstr ""
 1941 
 1942 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1943 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1336
 1944 msgid "Do not send environment variable var_name to any service."
 1945 msgstr ""
 1946 
 1947 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1948 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1340
 1949 msgid "ENV:var_name:service"
 1950 msgstr ""
 1951 
 1952 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1953 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1341
 1954 msgid "Do not send environment variable var_name to service."
 1955 msgstr ""
 1956 
 1957 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1958 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1329
 1959 msgid ""
 1960 "Currently the following filters are supported: <placeholder type="
 1961 "\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
 1962 msgstr ""
 1963 
 1964 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1965 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1351
 1966 msgid "Example: ENV:KRB5CCNAME:sudo-i"
 1967 msgstr ""
 1968 
 1969 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1970 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1357
 1971 msgid "pam_id_timeout (integer)"
 1972 msgstr "pam_id_timeout (entier)"
 1973 
 1974 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1975 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1360
 1976 msgid ""
 1977 "For any PAM request while SSSD is online, the SSSD will attempt to "
 1978 "immediately update the cached identity information for the user in order to "
 1979 "ensure that authentication takes place with the latest information."
 1980 msgstr ""
 1981 "Lors de chaque requête PAM quand SSSD est en mode connecté, SSSD tentera de "
 1982 "mettre à jour immédiatement les informations d'identité mises en cache pour "
 1983 "l'utilisateur de manière à s'assurer que l'authentification se fasse avec "
 1984 "les dernières informations."
 1985 
 1986 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1987 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1366
 1988 msgid ""
 1989 "A complete PAM conversation may perform multiple PAM requests, such as "
 1990 "account management and session opening. This option controls (on a per-"
 1991 "client-application basis) how long (in seconds) we can cache the identity "
 1992 "information to avoid excessive round-trips to the identity provider."
 1993 msgstr ""
 1994 "Une conversation PAM complète peut effectuer plusieurs requêtes PAM, comme "
 1995 "la gestion de compte et l'ouverture de session. Cette option contrôle (par "
 1996 "client et par application) la durée (en secondes) de mise en cache des "
 1997 "informations d'identité afin d'éviter de nombreux aller-retour avec le "
 1998 "fournisseur d'identité."
 1999 
 2000 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2001 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1380
 2002 msgid "pam_pwd_expiration_warning (integer)"
 2003 msgstr "pam_pwd_expiration_warning (entier)"
 2004 
 2005 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2006 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1383 sssd.conf.5.xml:2647
 2007 msgid "Display a warning N days before the password expires."
 2008 msgstr "Afficher une alerte N jours avant l'expiration du mot de passe."
 2009 
 2010 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2011 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1386
 2012 msgid ""
 2013 "Please note that the backend server has to provide information about the "
 2014 "expiration time of the password.  If this information is missing, sssd "
 2015 "cannot display a warning."
 2016 msgstr ""
 2017 "Noter que le moteur du service doit fournir des informations à propos du "
 2018 "délai d'expiration du mot de passe. Si cette information est manquante, sssd "
 2019 "ne peut afficher de message d'alerte."
 2020 
 2021 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2022 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1392 sssd.conf.5.xml:2650
 2023 msgid ""
 2024 "If zero is set, then this filter is not applied, i.e. if the expiration "
 2025 "warning was received from backend server, it will automatically be displayed."
 2026 msgstr ""
 2027 "Si la valeur est zéro, ce filtre n'est pas appliqué, c'est-à-dire que si "
 2028 "l'avertissement d'expiration est reçu de la part du moteur du serveur, il "
 2029 "sera automatiquement affiché."
 2030 
 2031 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2032 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1397
 2033 msgid ""
 2034 "This setting can be overridden by setting <emphasis>pwd_expiration_warning</"
 2035 "emphasis> for a particular domain."
 2036 msgstr ""
 2037 "Ce paramètre peut être surchargé par le paramètre "
 2038 "<emphasis>pwd_expiration_warning</emphasis> pour un domaine particulier."
 2039 
 2040 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2041 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1402 sssd.conf.5.xml:3534 sssd-ldap.5.xml:549 sssd.8.xml:79
 2042 msgid "Default: 0"
 2043 msgstr "Par défaut : 0"
 2044 
 2045 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2046 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1419
 2047 msgid "pam_trusted_users (string)"
 2048 msgstr "pam_trusted_users (chaîne)"
 2049 
 2050 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2051 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1422
 2052 msgid ""
 2053 "Specifies the comma-separated list of UID values or user names that are "
 2054 "allowed to run PAM conversations against trusted domains.  Users not "
 2055 "included in this list can only access domains marked as public with "
 2056 "<quote>pam_public_domains</quote>.  User names are resolved to UIDs at "
 2057 "startup."
 2058 msgstr ""
 2059 
 2060 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2061 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1432
 2062 msgid "Default: All users are considered trusted by default"
 2063 msgstr ""
 2064 
 2065 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2066 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1436
 2067 msgid ""
 2068 "Please note that UID 0 is always allowed to access the PAM responder even in "
 2069 "case it is not in the pam_trusted_users list."
 2070 msgstr ""
 2071 
 2072 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2073 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1443
 2074 msgid "pam_public_domains (string)"
 2075 msgstr "pam_public_domains (chaîne)"
 2076 
 2077 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2078 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1446
 2079 msgid ""
 2080 "Specifies the comma-separated list of domain names that are accessible even "
 2081 "to untrusted users."
 2082 msgstr ""
 2083 
 2084 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2085 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1450
 2086 msgid "Two special values for pam_public_domains option are defined:"
 2087 msgstr ""
 2088 "Deux valeurs spéciales pour l'option pam_public_domains sont définies :"
 2089 
 2090 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2091 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1454
 2092 msgid ""
 2093 "all (Untrusted users are allowed to access all domains in PAM responder.)"
 2094 msgstr ""
 2095 "all (tous les utilisateurs non dignes de confiance sont autorisés à accéder "
 2096 "à tous les domaines PAM dans le répondeur.)"
 2097 
 2098 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2099 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1458
 2100 msgid ""
 2101 "none (Untrusted users are not allowed to access any domains PAM in "
 2102 "responder.)"
 2103 msgstr ""
 2104 "none (les utilisateurs non dignes de confiance, Untrusted, ne sont pas "
 2105 "autorisés à accéder à un des domaines PAM dans le répondeur.)"
 2106 
 2107 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2108 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1462 sssd.conf.5.xml:1487 sssd.conf.5.xml:1506
 2109 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1684 sssd.conf.5.xml:2396 sssd.conf.5.xml:3463
 2110 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1091
 2111 msgid "Default: none"
 2112 msgstr "Par défaut : aucun"
 2113 
 2114 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2115 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1467
 2116 msgid "pam_account_expired_message (string)"
 2117 msgstr "pam_account_expired_message (chaîne)"
 2118 
 2119 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2120 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1470
 2121 msgid ""
 2122 "Allows a custom expiration message to be set, replacing the default "
 2123 "'Permission denied' message."
 2124 msgstr ""
 2125 
 2126 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2127 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1475
 2128 msgid ""
 2129 "Note: Please be aware that message is only printed for the SSH service "
 2130 "unless pam_verbosity is set to 3 (show all messages and debug information)."
 2131 msgstr ""
 2132 
 2133 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting>
 2134 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1483
 2135 #, no-wrap
 2136 msgid ""
 2137 "pam_account_expired_message = Account expired, please contact help desk.\n"
 2138 "                            "
 2139 msgstr ""
 2140 
 2141 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2142 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1492
 2143 msgid "pam_account_locked_message (string)"
 2144 msgstr ""
 2145 
 2146 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2147 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1495
 2148 msgid ""
 2149 "Allows a custom lockout message to be set, replacing the default 'Permission "
 2150 "denied' message."
 2151 msgstr ""
 2152 
 2153 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting>
 2154 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1502
 2155 #, no-wrap
 2156 msgid ""
 2157 "pam_account_locked_message = Account locked, please contact help desk.\n"
 2158 "                            "
 2159 msgstr ""
 2160 
 2161 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2162 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1511
 2163 msgid "pam_cert_auth (bool)"
 2164 msgstr ""
 2165 
 2166 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2167 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1514
 2168 msgid ""
 2169 "Enable certificate based Smartcard authentication.  Since this requires "
 2170 "additional communication with the Smartcard which will delay the "
 2171 "authentication process this option is disabled by default."
 2172 msgstr ""
 2173 
 2174 #. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><refsect3><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2175 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1520 sssd-ldap.5.xml:590 sssd-ldap.5.xml:611
 2176 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1169 sssd-ad.5.xml:482 sssd-ad.5.xml:558 sssd-ad.5.xml:1103
 2177 #: sssd-ad.5.xml:1152 include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:244
 2178 msgid "Default: False"
 2179 msgstr "Par défaut : False"
 2180 
 2181 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2182 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1525
 2183 msgid "pam_cert_db_path (string)"
 2184 msgstr ""
 2185 
 2186 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2187 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1528
 2188 msgid "The path to the certificate database."
 2189 msgstr ""
 2190 
 2191 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2192 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1531 sssd.conf.5.xml:2016 sssd.conf.5.xml:3990
 2193 msgid "Default:"
 2194 msgstr ""
 2195 
 2196 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 2197 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1533 sssd.conf.5.xml:2018
 2198 msgid ""
 2199 "/etc/sssd/pki/sssd_auth_ca_db.pem (path to a file with trusted CA "
 2200 "certificates in PEM format)"
 2201 msgstr ""
 2202 
 2203 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2204 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1543
 2205 msgid "p11_child_timeout (integer)"
 2206 msgstr ""
 2207 
 2208 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2209 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1546
 2210 msgid "How many seconds will pam_sss wait for p11_child to finish."
 2211 msgstr ""
 2212 
 2213 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2214 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1555
 2215 msgid "pam_app_services (string)"
 2216 msgstr ""
 2217 
 2218 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2219 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1558
 2220 msgid ""
 2221 "Which PAM services are permitted to contact domains of type "
 2222 "<quote>application</quote>"
 2223 msgstr ""
 2224 
 2225 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2226 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1567
 2227 msgid "pam_p11_allowed_services (integer)"
 2228 msgstr ""
 2229 
 2230 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2231 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1570
 2232 msgid ""
 2233 "A comma-separated list of PAM service names for which it will be allowed to "
 2234 "use Smartcards."
 2235 msgstr ""
 2236 
 2237 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting>
 2238 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1585
 2239 #, no-wrap
 2240 msgid ""
 2241 "pam_p11_allowed_services = +my_pam_service, -login\n"
 2242 "                            "
 2243 msgstr ""
 2244 
 2245 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2246 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1574
 2247 msgid ""
 2248 "It is possible to add another PAM service name to the default set by using "
 2249 "<quote>+service_name</quote> or to explicitly remove a PAM service name from "
 2250 "the default set by using <quote>-service_name</quote>. For example, in order "
 2251 "to replace a default PAM service name for authentication with Smartcards (e."
 2252 "g. <quote>login</quote>) with a custom PAM service name (e.g. "
 2253 "<quote>my_pam_service</quote>), you would use the following configuration: "
 2254 "<placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
 2255 msgstr ""
 2256 
 2257 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2258 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1589 sssd-ad.5.xml:621 sssd-ad.5.xml:730 sssd-ad.5.xml:788
 2259 #: sssd-ad.5.xml:846 sssd-ad.5.xml:924
 2260 msgid "Default: the default set of PAM service names includes:"
 2261 msgstr ""
 2262 
 2263 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 2264 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1594 sssd-ad.5.xml:625
 2265 msgid "login"
 2266 msgstr ""
 2267 
 2268 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 2269 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1599 sssd-ad.5.xml:630
 2270 msgid "su"
 2271 msgstr ""
 2272 
 2273 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 2274 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1604 sssd-ad.5.xml:635
 2275 msgid "su-l"
 2276 msgstr ""
 2277 
 2278 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 2279 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1609 sssd-ad.5.xml:650
 2280 msgid "gdm-smartcard"
 2281 msgstr ""
 2282 
 2283 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 2284 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1614 sssd-ad.5.xml:645
 2285 msgid "gdm-password"
 2286 msgstr ""
 2287 
 2288 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 2289 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1619 sssd-ad.5.xml:655
 2290 msgid "kdm"
 2291 msgstr ""
 2292 
 2293 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 2294 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1624 sssd-ad.5.xml:933
 2295 msgid "sudo"
 2296 msgstr ""
 2297 
 2298 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 2299 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1629 sssd-ad.5.xml:938
 2300 msgid "sudo-i"
 2301 msgstr ""
 2302 
 2303 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 2304 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1634
 2305 msgid "gnome-screensaver"
 2306 msgstr ""
 2307 
 2308 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2309 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1642
 2310 msgid "p11_wait_for_card_timeout (integer)"
 2311 msgstr ""
 2312 
 2313 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2314 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1645
 2315 msgid ""
 2316 "If Smartcard authentication is required how many extra seconds in addition "
 2317 "to p11_child_timeout should the PAM responder wait until a Smartcard is "
 2318 "inserted."
 2319 msgstr ""
 2320 
 2321 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2322 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1656
 2323 msgid "p11_uri (string)"
 2324 msgstr ""
 2325 
 2326 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2327 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1659
 2328 msgid ""
 2329 "PKCS#11 URI (see RFC-7512 for details) which can be used to restrict the "
 2330 "selection of devices used for Smartcard authentication. By default SSSD's "
 2331 "p11_child will search for a PKCS#11 slot (reader)  where the 'removable' "
 2332 "flags is set and read the certificates from the inserted token from the "
 2333 "first slot found. If multiple readers are connected p11_uri can be used to "
 2334 "tell p11_child to use a specific reader."
 2335 msgstr ""
 2336 
 2337 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting>
 2338 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1672
 2339 #, no-wrap
 2340 msgid ""
 2341 "p11_uri = slot-description=My%20Smartcard%20Reader\n"
 2342 "                            "
 2343 msgstr ""
 2344 
 2345 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting>
 2346 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1676
 2347 #, no-wrap
 2348 msgid ""
 2349 "p11_uri = library-description=OpenSC%20smartcard%20framework;slot-id=2\n"
 2350 "                            "
 2351 msgstr ""
 2352 
 2353 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2354 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1670
 2355 msgid ""
 2356 "Example: <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/> or <placeholder "
 2357 "type=\"programlisting\" id=\"1\"/> To find suitable URI please check the "
 2358 "debug output of p11_child. As an alternative the GnuTLS utility 'p11tool' "
 2359 "with e.g. the '--list-all' will show PKCS#11 URIs as well."
 2360 msgstr ""
 2361 
 2362 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2363 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1689
 2364 msgid "pam_initgroups_scheme"
 2365 msgstr ""
 2366 
 2367 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2368 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1697
 2369 msgid "always"
 2370 msgstr ""
 2371 
 2372 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2373 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1698
 2374 msgid ""
 2375 "Always do an online lookup, please note that pam_id_timeout still applies"
 2376 msgstr ""
 2377 
 2378 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2379 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1702
 2380 msgid "no_session"
 2381 msgstr ""
 2382 
 2383 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2384 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1703
 2385 msgid ""
 2386 "Only do an online lookup if there is no active session of the user, i.e. if "
 2387 "the user is currently not logged in"
 2388 msgstr ""
 2389 
 2390 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2391 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1708
 2392 msgid "never"
 2393 msgstr ""
 2394 
 2395 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2396 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1709
 2397 msgid ""
 2398 "Never force an online lookup, use the data from the cache as long as they "
 2399 "are not expired"
 2400 msgstr ""
 2401 
 2402 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2403 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1692
 2404 msgid ""
 2405 "The PAM responder can force an online lookup to get the current group "
 2406 "memberships of the user trying to log in. This option controls when this "
 2407 "should be done and the following values are allowed: <placeholder type="
 2408 "\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
 2409 msgstr ""
 2410 
 2411 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2412 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1716
 2413 msgid "Default: no_session"
 2414 msgstr ""
 2415 
 2416 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 2417 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1721 sssd.conf.5.xml:3929
 2418 #, fuzzy
 2419 #| msgid "ad_gpo_map_service (string)"
 2420 msgid "pam_gssapi_services"
 2421 msgstr "ad_gpo_map_service (chaîne)"
 2422 
 2423 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2424 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1724
 2425 #, fuzzy
 2426 #| msgid "Comma separated list of users who are allowed to log in."
 2427 msgid ""
 2428 "Comma separated list of PAM services that are allowed to try GSSAPI "
 2429 "authentication using pam_sss_gss.so module."
 2430 msgstr ""
 2431 "Liste séparée par des virgules d'utilisateurs autorisés à se connecter."
 2432 
 2433 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2434 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1729
 2435 msgid ""
 2436 "To disable GSSAPI authentication, set this option to <quote>-</quote> (dash)."
 2437 msgstr ""
 2438 
 2439 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2440 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1733 sssd.conf.5.xml:1764 sssd.conf.5.xml:1802
 2441 msgid ""
 2442 "Note: This option can also be set per-domain which overwrites the value in "
 2443 "[pam] section. It can also be set for trusted domain which overwrites the "
 2444 "value in the domain section."
 2445 msgstr ""
 2446 
 2447 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting>
 2448 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1741
 2449 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
 2450 #| msgid ""
 2451 #| "fallback_homedir = /home/%u\n"
 2452 #| "                            "
 2453 msgid ""
 2454 "pam_gssapi_services = sudo, sudo-i\n"
 2455 "                            "
 2456 msgstr ""
 2457 "fallback_homedir = /home/%u\n"
 2458 "                            "
 2459 
 2460 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2461 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1739 sssd.conf.5.xml:3457 sssd-secrets.5.xml:448
 2462 msgid "Example: <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
 2463 msgstr "Exemple : <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
 2464 
 2465 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2466 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1745
 2467 msgid "Default: - (GSSAPI authentication is disabled)"
 2468 msgstr ""
 2469 
 2470 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 2471 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1750 sssd.conf.5.xml:3930
 2472 msgid "pam_gssapi_check_upn"
 2473 msgstr ""
 2474 
 2475 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2476 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1753
 2477 msgid ""
 2478 "If True, SSSD will require that the Kerberos user principal that "
 2479 "successfully authenticated through GSSAPI can be associated with the user "
 2480 "who is being authenticated. Authentication will fail if the check fails."
 2481 msgstr ""
 2482 
 2483 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2484 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1760
 2485 msgid ""
 2486 "If False, every user that is able to obtained required service ticket will "
 2487 "be authenticated."
 2488 msgstr ""
 2489 
 2490 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2491 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1770 sssd-ad.5.xml:1243 sss_rpcidmapd.5.xml:76
 2492 msgid "Default: True"
 2493 msgstr "Par défaut : True"
 2494 
 2495 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2496 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1775
 2497 msgid "pam_gssapi_indicators_map"
 2498 msgstr ""
 2499 
 2500 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2501 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1778
 2502 msgid ""
 2503 "Comma separated list of authentication indicators required to be present in "
 2504 "a Kerberos ticket to access a PAM service that is allowed to try GSSAPI "
 2505 "authentication using pam_sss_gss.so module."
 2506 msgstr ""
 2507 
 2508 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2509 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1784
 2510 msgid ""
 2511 "Each element of the list can be either an authentication indicator name or a "
 2512 "pair <quote>service:indicator</quote>. Indicators not prefixed with the PAM "
 2513 "service name will be required to access any PAM service configured to be "
 2514 "used with <option>pam_gssapi_services</option>. A resulting list of "
 2515 "indicators per PAM service is then checked against indicators in the "
 2516 "Kerberos ticket during authentication by pam_sss_gss.so. Any indicator from "
 2517 "the ticket that matches the resulting list of indicators for the PAM service "
 2518 "would grant access. If none of the indicators in the list match, access will "
 2519 "be denied. If the resulting list of indicators for the PAM service is empty, "
 2520 "the check will not prevent the access."
 2521 msgstr ""
 2522 
 2523 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2524 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1797
 2525 msgid ""
 2526 "To disable GSSAPI authentication indicator check, set this option to <quote>-"
 2527 "</quote> (dash). To disable the check for a specific PAM service, add "
 2528 "<quote>service:-</quote>."
 2529 msgstr ""
 2530 
 2531 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2532 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1808
 2533 msgid ""
 2534 "Following authentication indicators are supported by IPA Kerberos "
 2535 "deployments:"
 2536 msgstr ""
 2537 
 2538 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 2539 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1811
 2540 msgid ""
 2541 "pkinit -- pre-authentication using X.509 certificates -- whether stored in "
 2542 "files or on smart cards."
 2543 msgstr ""
 2544 
 2545 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 2546 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1814
 2547 msgid ""
 2548 "hardened -- SPAKE pre-authentication or any pre-authentication wrapped in a "
 2549 "FAST channel."
 2550 msgstr ""
 2551 
 2552 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 2553 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1817
 2554 msgid "radius -- pre-authentication with the help of a RADIUS server."
 2555 msgstr ""
 2556 
 2557 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 2558 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1820
 2559 msgid ""
 2560 "otp -- pre-authentication using integrated two-factor authentication (2FA or "
 2561 "one-time password, OTP) in IPA."
 2562 msgstr ""
 2563 
 2564 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting>
 2565 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1830
 2566 #, no-wrap
 2567 msgid ""
 2568 "pam_gssapi_indicators_map = sudo:pkinit, sudo-i:pkinit\n"
 2569 "                            "
 2570 msgstr ""
 2571 
 2572 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2573 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1825
 2574 msgid ""
 2575 "Example: to require access to SUDO services only for users which obtained "
 2576 "their Kerberos tickets with a X.509 certificate pre-authentication (PKINIT), "
 2577 "set <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
 2578 msgstr ""
 2579 
 2580 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2581 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1834
 2582 #, fuzzy
 2583 #| msgid "Default: not set (no substitution for unset home directories)"
 2584 msgid "Default: not set (use of authentication indicators is not required)"
 2585 msgstr ""
 2586 "Par défaut : non défini (aucune substitution pour les répertoires d'accueil "
 2587 "non définis)"
 2588 
 2589 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
 2590 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1842
 2591 msgid "SUDO configuration options"
 2592 msgstr "Options de configuration de SUDO"
 2593 
 2594 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 2595 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1844
 2596 msgid ""
 2597 "These options can be used to configure the sudo service.  The detailed "
 2598 "instructions for configuration of <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sudo</"
 2599 "refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </citerefentry> to work with "
 2600 "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</manvolnum> "
 2601 "</citerefentry> are in the manual page <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-"
 2602 "sudo</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry>."
 2603 msgstr ""
 2604 "Ces options peuvent être utilisées pour configurer le service sudo.  Les "
 2605 "directives de configuration de <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sudo</"
 2606 "refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </citerefentry> dans <citerefentry> "
 2607 "<refentrytitle>sssd</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </citerefentry> "
 2608 "sont détaillées dans la page de manuel <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-"
 2609 "sudo</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry>."
 2610 
 2611 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2612 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1861
 2613 msgid "sudo_timed (bool)"
 2614 msgstr "sudo_timed (booléen)"
 2615 
 2616 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2617 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1864
 2618 msgid ""
 2619 "Whether or not to evaluate the sudoNotBefore and sudoNotAfter attributes "
 2620 "that implement time-dependent sudoers entries."
 2621 msgstr ""
 2622 "Évaluation ou non des attributs sudoNotBefore et sudoNotAfter qui utilisent  "
 2623 "les entrées sudoers sensibles au temps."
 2624 
 2625 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2626 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1876
 2627 msgid "sudo_threshold (integer)"
 2628 msgstr ""
 2629 
 2630 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2631 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1879
 2632 msgid ""
 2633 "Maximum number of expired rules that can be refreshed at once. If number of "
 2634 "expired rules is below threshold, those rules are refreshed with "
 2635 "<quote>rules refresh</quote> mechanism. If the threshold is exceeded a "
 2636 "<quote>full refresh</quote> of sudo rules is triggered instead. This "
 2637 "threshold number also applies to IPA sudo command and command group searches."
 2638 msgstr ""
 2639 
 2640 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
 2641 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1898
 2642 msgid "AUTOFS configuration options"
 2643 msgstr "Options de configuration AUTOFS"
 2644 
 2645 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 2646 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1900
 2647 msgid "These options can be used to configure the autofs service."
 2648 msgstr "Ces options peuvent être utilisées pour configurer le service autofs."
 2649 
 2650 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2651 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1904
 2652 msgid "autofs_negative_timeout (integer)"
 2653 msgstr "autofs_negative_timeout (entier)"
 2654 
 2655 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2656 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1907
 2657 msgid ""
 2658 "Specifies for how many seconds should the autofs responder negative cache "
 2659 "hits (that is, queries for invalid map entries, like nonexistent ones) "
 2660 "before asking the back end again."
 2661 msgstr ""
 2662 "Spécifie le délai en secondes pendant lequel le répondeur autofs stocke les "
 2663 "réponses négatives (autrement dit, les requêtes pour les entrées de mappage "
 2664 "non valide, comme celles qui n'existent pas) avant de demander à nouveau au "
 2665 "moteur."
 2666 
 2667 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
 2668 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1923
 2669 msgid "SSH configuration options"
 2670 msgstr "Options de configuration SSH"
 2671 
 2672 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 2673 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1925
 2674 msgid "These options can be used to configure the SSH service."
 2675 msgstr ""
 2676 "Les options suivantes peuvent être utilisées pour configurer le service SSH."
 2677 
 2678 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2679 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1929
 2680 msgid "ssh_hash_known_hosts (bool)"
 2681 msgstr "ssh_hash_known_hosts (bool)"
 2682 
 2683 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2684 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1932
 2685 msgid ""
 2686 "Whether or not to hash host names and addresses in the managed known_hosts "
 2687 "file."
 2688 msgstr ""
 2689 "Condenser ou non les noms de systèmes et adresses du fichier known_hosts"
 2690 
 2691 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2692 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1941
 2693 msgid "ssh_known_hosts_timeout (integer)"
 2694 msgstr "ssh_known_hosts_timeout (integer)"
 2695 
 2696 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2697 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1944
 2698 msgid ""
 2699 "How many seconds to keep a host in the managed known_hosts file after its "
 2700 "host keys were requested."
 2701 msgstr ""
 2702 "La durée en secondes pendant laquelle conserver un système dans le fichier "
 2703 "known_hosts géré après que ses clés de système ont été demandés."
 2704 
 2705 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2706 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1948
 2707 msgid "Default: 180"
 2708 msgstr "Par défaut : 180"
 2709 
 2710 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2711 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1953
 2712 msgid "ssh_use_certificate_keys (bool)"
 2713 msgstr ""
 2714 
 2715 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2716 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1956
 2717 msgid ""
 2718 "If set to true the <command>sss_ssh_authorizedkeys</command> will return ssh "
 2719 "keys derived from the public key of X.509 certificates stored in the user "
 2720 "entry as well. See <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sss_ssh_authorizedkeys</"
 2721 "refentrytitle> <manvolnum>1</manvolnum> </citerefentry> for details."
 2722 msgstr ""
 2723 
 2724 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2725 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1971
 2726 msgid "ssh_use_certificate_matching_rules (string)"
 2727 msgstr ""
 2728 
 2729 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2730 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1974
 2731 msgid ""
 2732 "By default the ssh responder will use all available certificate matching "
 2733 "rules to filter the certificates so that ssh keys are only derived from the "
 2734 "matching ones. With this option the used rules can be restricted with a "
 2735 "comma separated list of mapping and matching rule names. All other rules "
 2736 "will be ignored."
 2737 msgstr ""
 2738 
 2739 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2740 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1983
 2741 msgid ""
 2742 "There are two special key words 'all_rules' and 'no_rules' which will enable "
 2743 "all or no rules, respectively. The latter means that no certificates will be "
 2744 "filtered out and ssh keys will be generated from all valid certificates."
 2745 msgstr ""
 2746 
 2747 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2748 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1990
 2749 msgid ""
 2750 "If no rules are configured using 'all_rules' will enable a default rule "
 2751 "which enables all certificates suitable for client authentication.  This is "
 2752 "the same behavior as for the PAM responder if certificate authentication is "
 2753 "enabled."
 2754 msgstr ""
 2755 
 2756 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2757 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1997
 2758 msgid ""
 2759 "A non-existing rule name is considered an error.  If as a result no rule is "
 2760 "selected all certificates will be ignored."
 2761 msgstr ""
 2762 
 2763 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2764 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2002
 2765 msgid ""
 2766 "Default: not set, equivalent to 'all_rules', all found rules or the default "
 2767 "rule are used"
 2768 msgstr ""
 2769 
 2770 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2771 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2008
 2772 msgid "ca_db (string)"
 2773 msgstr ""
 2774 
 2775 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2776 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2011
 2777 msgid ""
 2778 "Path to a storage of trusted CA certificates. The option is used to validate "
 2779 "user certificates before deriving public ssh keys from them."
 2780 msgstr ""
 2781 
 2782 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
 2783 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2031
 2784 msgid "PAC responder configuration options"
 2785 msgstr "Options de configuration du répondeur PAC"
 2786 
 2787 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 2788 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2033
 2789 msgid ""
 2790 "The PAC responder works together with the authorization data plugin for MIT "
 2791 "Kerberos sssd_pac_plugin.so and a sub-domain provider. The plugin sends the "
 2792 "PAC data during a GSSAPI authentication to the PAC responder. The sub-domain "
 2793 "provider collects domain SID and ID ranges of the domain the client is "
 2794 "joined to and of remote trusted domains from the local domain controller. If "
 2795 "the PAC is decoded and evaluated some of the following operations are done:"
 2796 msgstr ""
 2797 
 2798 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 2799 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2042
 2800 msgid ""
 2801 "If the remote user does not exist in the cache, it is created. The UID is "
 2802 "determined with the help of the SID, trusted domains will have UPGs and the "
 2803 "GID will have the same value as the UID. The home directory is set based on "
 2804 "the subdomain_homedir parameter. The shell will be empty by default, i.e. "
 2805 "the system defaults are used, but can be overwritten with the default_shell "
 2806 "parameter."
 2807 msgstr ""
 2808 
 2809 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 2810 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2050
 2811 msgid ""
 2812 "If there are SIDs of groups from domains sssd knows about, the user will be "
 2813 "added to those groups."
 2814 msgstr ""
 2815 "S'il y a des SID de groupes des domaines connus de sssd, l'utilisateur sera "
 2816 "ajouté à ces groupes."
 2817 
 2818 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 2819 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2056
 2820 msgid "These options can be used to configure the PAC responder."
 2821 msgstr ""
 2822 "Les options suivantes peuvent être utilisées pour configurer le répondeur "
 2823 "PAC."
 2824 
 2825 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2826 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2060 sssd-ifp.5.xml:50
 2827 msgid "allowed_uids (string)"
 2828 msgstr "allowed_uids (string)"
 2829 
 2830 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2831 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2063
 2832 msgid ""
 2833 "Specifies the comma-separated list of UID values or user names that are "
 2834 "allowed to access the PAC responder. User names are resolved to UIDs at "
 2835 "startup."
 2836 msgstr ""
 2837 "Spécifie la liste séparée par des virgules des UID ou noms d'utilisateurs "
 2838 "qui sont autorisés à accéder au répondeur PAC. Les noms d'utilisateurs "
 2839 "seront résolus en UID au démarrage."
 2840 
 2841 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2842 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2069
 2843 msgid "Default: 0 (only the root user is allowed to access the PAC responder)"
 2844 msgstr ""
 2845 "Par défaut : 0 (seul l'utilisateur root est autorisé à accéder au répondeur "
 2846 "PAC)"
 2847 
 2848 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2849 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2073
 2850 msgid ""
 2851 "Please note that although the UID 0 is used as the default it will be "
 2852 "overwritten with this option. If you still want to allow the root user to "
 2853 "access the PAC responder, which would be the typical case, you have to add 0 "
 2854 "to the list of allowed UIDs as well."
 2855 msgstr ""
 2856 "Noter que bien que l'UID 0 est utilisé par défaut, il sera remplacé par "
 2857 "cette option. Si vous voulez continuer à permettre à l'utilisateur root à "
 2858 "accéder au répondeur PAC, ce qui serait un cas habituel, vous devez ajouter "
 2859 "0 à la liste des UID d'utilisateurs autorisés."
 2860 
 2861 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2862 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2082
 2863 msgid "pac_lifetime (integer)"
 2864 msgstr ""
 2865 
 2866 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2867 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2085
 2868 msgid ""
 2869 "Lifetime of the PAC entry in seconds. As long as the PAC is valid the PAC "
 2870 "data can be used to determine the group memberships of a user."
 2871 msgstr ""
 2872 
 2873 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
 2874 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2098
 2875 msgid "Session recording configuration options"
 2876 msgstr ""
 2877 
 2878 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 2879 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2100
 2880 msgid ""
 2881 "Session recording works in conjunction with <citerefentry> "
 2882 "<refentrytitle>tlog-rec-session</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </"
 2883 "citerefentry>, a part of tlog package, to log what users see and type when "
 2884 "they log in on a text terminal.  See also <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-"
 2885 "session-recording</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry>."
 2886 msgstr ""
 2887 
 2888 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 2889 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2113
 2890 msgid "These options can be used to configure session recording."
 2891 msgstr ""
 2892 
 2893 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2894 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2117 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:64
 2895 msgid "scope (string)"
 2896 msgstr ""
 2897 
 2898 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2899 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2124 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:71
 2900 msgid "\"none\""
 2901 msgstr ""
 2902 
 2903 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2904 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2127 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:74
 2905 msgid "No users are recorded."
 2906 msgstr ""
 2907 
 2908 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2909 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2132 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:79
 2910 msgid "\"some\""
 2911 msgstr ""
 2912 
 2913 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2914 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2135 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:82
 2915 msgid ""
 2916 "Users/groups specified by <replaceable>users</replaceable> and "
 2917 "<replaceable>groups</replaceable> options are recorded."
 2918 msgstr ""
 2919 
 2920 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2921 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2144 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:91
 2922 msgid "\"all\""
 2923 msgstr ""
 2924 
 2925 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2926 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2147 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:94
 2927 msgid "All users are recorded."
 2928 msgstr ""
 2929 
 2930 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2931 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2120 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:67
 2932 msgid ""
 2933 "One of the following strings specifying the scope of session recording: "
 2934 "<placeholder type=\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
 2935 msgstr ""
 2936 
 2937 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2938 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2154 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:101
 2939 msgid "Default: \"none\""
 2940 msgstr ""
 2941 
 2942 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2943 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2159 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:106
 2944 msgid "users (string)"
 2945 msgstr ""
 2946 
 2947 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2948 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2162 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:109
 2949 msgid ""
 2950 "A comma-separated list of users which should have session recording enabled. "
 2951 "Matches user names as returned by NSS. I.e. after the possible space "
 2952 "replacement, case changes, etc."
 2953 msgstr ""
 2954 
 2955 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2956 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2168 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:115
 2957 msgid "Default: Empty. Matches no users."
 2958 msgstr ""
 2959 
 2960 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2961 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2173 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:120
 2962 msgid "groups (string)"
 2963 msgstr ""
 2964 
 2965 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2966 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2176 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:123
 2967 msgid ""
 2968 "A comma-separated list of groups, members of which should have session "
 2969 "recording enabled. Matches group names as returned by NSS. I.e. after the "
 2970 "possible space replacement, case changes, etc."
 2971 msgstr ""
 2972 
 2973 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2974 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2182 sssd.conf.5.xml:2214 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:129
 2975 #: sssd-session-recording.5.xml:161
 2976 msgid ""
 2977 "NOTE: using this option (having it set to anything) has a considerable "
 2978 "performance cost, because each uncached request for a user requires "
 2979 "retrieving and matching the groups the user is member of."
 2980 msgstr ""
 2981 
 2982 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2983 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2189 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:136
 2984 msgid "Default: Empty. Matches no groups."
 2985 msgstr ""
 2986 
 2987 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2988 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2194 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:141
 2989 #, fuzzy
 2990 #| msgid "simple_deny_users (string)"
 2991 msgid "exclude_users (string)"
 2992 msgstr "simple_deny_users (chaîne)"
 2993 
 2994 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2995 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2197 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:144
 2996 msgid ""
 2997 "A comma-separated list of users to be excluded from recording, only "
 2998 "applicable with 'scope=all'."
 2999 msgstr ""
 3000 
 3001 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3002 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2201 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:148
 3003 #, fuzzy
 3004 #| msgid "Default: empty, i.e. ldap_uri is used."
 3005 msgid "Default: Empty. No users excluded."
 3006 msgstr "Par défaut : vide, ldap_uri est donc utilisé."
 3007 
 3008 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3009 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2206 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:153
 3010 #, fuzzy
 3011 #| msgid "simple_deny_groups (string)"
 3012 msgid "exclude_groups (string)"
 3013 msgstr "simple_deny_groups (chaîne)"
 3014 
 3015 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3016 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2209 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:156
 3017 msgid ""
 3018 "A comma-separated list of groups, members of which should be excluded from "
 3019 "recording. Only applicable with 'scope=all'."
 3020 msgstr ""
 3021 
 3022 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3023 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2221 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:168
 3024 #, fuzzy
 3025 #| msgid "Default: empty, i.e. ldap_uri is used."
 3026 msgid "Default: Empty. No groups excluded."
 3027 msgstr "Par défaut : vide, ldap_uri est donc utilisé."
 3028 
 3029 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
 3030 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2231
 3031 msgid "DOMAIN SECTIONS"
 3032 msgstr "SECTIONS DOMAINES"
 3033 
 3034 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3035 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2238
 3036 msgid "enabled"
 3037 msgstr ""
 3038 
 3039 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3040 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2241
 3041 msgid ""
 3042 "Explicitly enable or disable the domain. If <quote>true</quote>, the domain "
 3043 "is always <quote>enabled</quote>. If <quote>false</quote>, the domain is "
 3044 "always <quote>disabled</quote>. If this option is not set, the domain is "
 3045 "enabled only if it is listed in the domains option in the <quote>[sssd]</"
 3046 "quote> section."
 3047 msgstr ""
 3048 
 3049 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3050 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2253
 3051 msgid "domain_type (string)"
 3052 msgstr ""
 3053 
 3054 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3055 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2256
 3056 msgid ""
 3057 "Specifies whether the domain is meant to be used by POSIX-aware clients such "
 3058 "as the Name Service Switch or by applications that do not need POSIX data to "
 3059 "be present or generated. Only objects from POSIX domains are available to "
 3060 "the operating system interfaces and utilities."
 3061 msgstr ""
 3062 
 3063 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3064 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2264
 3065 msgid ""
 3066 "Allowed values for this option are <quote>posix</quote> and "
 3067 "<quote>application</quote>."
 3068 msgstr ""
 3069 
 3070 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3071 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2268
 3072 msgid ""
 3073 "POSIX domains are reachable by all services. Application domains are only "
 3074 "reachable from the InfoPipe responder (see <citerefentry> "
 3075 "<refentrytitle>sssd-ifp</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </"
 3076 "citerefentry>) and the PAM responder."
 3077 msgstr ""
 3078 
 3079 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3080 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2276
 3081 msgid ""
 3082 "NOTE: The application domains are currently well tested with "
 3083 "<quote>id_provider=ldap</quote> only."
 3084 msgstr ""
 3085 
 3086 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3087 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2280
 3088 msgid ""
 3089 "For an easy way to configure a non-POSIX domains, please see the "
 3090 "<quote>Application domains</quote> section."
 3091 msgstr ""
 3092 
 3093 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3094 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2284
 3095 msgid "Default: posix"
 3096 msgstr ""
 3097 
 3098 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3099 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2290
 3100 msgid "min_id,max_id (integer)"
 3101 msgstr "min_id,max_id (entier)"
 3102 
 3103 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3104 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2293
 3105 msgid ""
 3106 "UID and GID limits for the domain. If a domain contains an entry that is "
 3107 "outside these limits, it is ignored."
 3108 msgstr ""
 3109 "Limites UID et GID pour le domaine. Si un domaine contient une entrée en "
 3110 "dehors de ces limites, elle est ignorée."
 3111 
 3112 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3113 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2298
 3114 msgid ""
 3115 "For users, this affects the primary GID limit. The user will not be returned "
 3116 "to NSS if either the UID or the primary GID is outside the range. For non-"
 3117 "primary group memberships, those that are in range will be reported as "
 3118 "expected."
 3119 msgstr ""
 3120 "Pour les utilisateurs, cela affecte la limite des GID primaires. "
 3121 "L'utilisateur ne sera pas renvoyé vers NSS si l'UID ou le GID primaire sont "
 3122 "en dehors de la plage. Pour l'appartenance à un groupe non primaire, ceux "
 3123 "qui sont dans la plage seront rapportés comme prévu."
 3124 
 3125 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3126 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2305
 3127 msgid ""
 3128 "These ID limits affect even saving entries to cache, not only returning them "
 3129 "by name or ID."
 3130 msgstr ""
 3131 "Ces limites d'identifiants affecte aussi les mises en cache des entrées, et "
 3132 "pas seulement leur recherche par nom ou identifiant."
 3133 
 3134 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3135 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2309
 3136 msgid "Default: 1 for min_id, 0 (no limit) for max_id"
 3137 msgstr "Default: 1 for min_id, 0 (no limit) for max_id"
 3138 
 3139 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3140 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2315
 3141 msgid "enumerate (bool)"
 3142 msgstr "enumerate (booléen)"
 3143 
 3144 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3145 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2318
 3146 msgid ""
 3147 "Determines if a domain can be enumerated, that is, whether the domain can "
 3148 "list all the users and group it contains. Note that it is not required to "
 3149 "enable enumeration in order for secondary groups to be displayed. This "
 3150 "parameter can have one of the following values:"
 3151 msgstr ""
 3152 
 3153 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3154 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2326
 3155 msgid "TRUE = Users and groups are enumerated"
 3156 msgstr "TRUE = utilisateurs et groupes sont énumérés"
 3157 
 3158 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3159 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2329
 3160 msgid "FALSE = No enumerations for this domain"
 3161 msgstr "FALSE = aucune énumération pour ce domaine"
 3162 
 3163 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3164 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2332 sssd.conf.5.xml:2602 sssd.conf.5.xml:2778
 3165 msgid "Default: FALSE"
 3166 msgstr "Par défaut : FALSE"
 3167 
 3168 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3169 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2335
 3170 msgid ""
 3171 "Enumerating a domain requires SSSD to download and store ALL user and group "
 3172 "entries from the remote server."
 3173 msgstr ""
 3174 
 3175 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3176 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2340
 3177 msgid ""
 3178 "Note: Enabling enumeration has a moderate performance impact on SSSD while "
 3179 "enumeration is running. It may take up to several minutes after SSSD startup "
 3180 "to fully complete enumerations.  During this time, individual requests for "
 3181 "information will go directly to LDAP, though it may be slow, due to the "
 3182 "heavy enumeration processing. Saving a large number of entries to cache "
 3183 "after the enumeration completes might also be CPU intensive as the "
 3184 "memberships have to be recomputed. This can lead to the <quote>sssd_be</"
 3185 "quote> process becoming unresponsive or even restarted by the internal "
 3186 "watchdog."
 3187 msgstr ""
 3188 
 3189 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3190 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2355
 3191 msgid ""
 3192 "While the first enumeration is running, requests for the complete user or "
 3193 "group lists may return no results until it completes."
 3194 msgstr ""
 3195 "Lorsque la première énumération est en cours, les requêtes pour des listes "
 3196 "utilisateurs ou de groupes peuvent retourner des résultats vides avant que "
 3197 "l'énumération ne se termine."
 3198 
 3199 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3200 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2360
 3201 msgid ""
 3202 "Further, enabling enumeration may increase the time necessary to detect "
 3203 "network disconnection, as longer timeouts are required to ensure that "
 3204 "enumeration lookups are completed successfully.  For more information, refer "
 3205 "to the man pages for the specific id_provider in use."
 3206 msgstr ""
 3207 "De plus, activer l'énumération peut augmenter le temps nécessaire pour "
 3208 "détecter la déconnexion d'un réseau, puisque des délais d'attente supérieurs "
 3209 "sont nécessaires pour s'assurer que les requêtes d'énumération se terminent "
 3210 "avec succès. Pour plus d'informations, se référer au manuel pour le "
 3211 "fournisseur d'identité spécifique utilisé."
 3212 
 3213 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3214 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2368
 3215 msgid ""
 3216 "For the reasons cited above, enabling enumeration is not recommended, "
 3217 "especially in large environments."
 3218 msgstr ""
 3219 "Pour les raisons citées plus haut, l'activation de l'énumération est "
 3220 "déconseillée, surtout dans les environnements de grande taille."
 3221 
 3222 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3223 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2376
 3224 msgid "subdomain_enumerate (string)"
 3225 msgstr "subdomain_enumerate (chaîne)"
 3226 
 3227 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3228 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2383
 3229 msgid "all"
 3230 msgstr "all"
 3231 
 3232 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3233 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2384
 3234 msgid "All discovered trusted domains will be enumerated"
 3235 msgstr "Tous les domaines approuvés découverts seront énumérés"
 3236 
 3237 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3238 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2387
 3239 msgid "none"
 3240 msgstr "none"
 3241 
 3242 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3243 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2388
 3244 msgid "No discovered trusted domains will be enumerated"
 3245 msgstr "Aucun domaine approuvé découvert ne sera énuméré"
 3246 
 3247 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3248 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2379
 3249 msgid ""
 3250 "Whether any of autodetected trusted domains should be enumerated. The "
 3251 "supported values are: <placeholder type=\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/> "
 3252 "Optionally, a list of one or more domain names can enable enumeration just "
 3253 "for these trusted domains."
 3254 msgstr ""
 3255 "Les domaines approuvés auto-détectés doivent-ils être énumérés ?\n"
 3256 "Les valeurs prises en charge sont : <placeholder type=\"variablelist\" id="
 3257 "\"0\"/> \n"
 3258 "De manière facultative, une liste d'un ou plusieurs noms de domaines peut "
 3259 "activer l'énumération pour ces seuls domaines."
 3260 
 3261 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3262 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2402
 3263 msgid "entry_cache_timeout (integer)"
 3264 msgstr "entry_cache_timeout (entier)"
 3265 
 3266 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3267 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2405
 3268 msgid ""
 3269 "How many seconds should nss_sss consider entries valid before asking the "
 3270 "backend again"
 3271 msgstr ""
 3272 "La durée en secondes pendant laquelle nss_sss doit considérer les entrées "
 3273 "comme valides avant de les redemander au moteur"
 3274 
 3275 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3276 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2409
 3277 msgid ""
 3278 "The cache expiration timestamps are stored as attributes of individual "
 3279 "objects in the cache. Therefore, changing the cache timeout only has effect "
 3280 "for newly added or expired entries.  You should run the <citerefentry> "
 3281 "<refentrytitle>sss_cache</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </"
 3282 "citerefentry> tool in order to force refresh of entries that have already "
 3283 "been cached."
 3284 msgstr ""
 3285 "Les horodatages d'expiration de cache sont stockés en tant qu'attributs des "
 3286 "objets individuels dans le cache. Il en découle que la modification du délai "
 3287 "d'expiration du cache ne sera pris en compte que pour les entrées qui y sont "
 3288 "nouvellement ajoutées, ou pour celles qui ont expiré. Vous devriez utiliser "
 3289 "l'outil <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sss_cache</refentrytitle> "
 3290 "<manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </citerefentry> de manière à forcer un "
 3291 "rafraîchissement des entrées qui sont déjà en cache."
 3292 
 3293 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3294 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2422
 3295 msgid "Default: 5400"
 3296 msgstr "Par défaut : 5400"
 3297 
 3298 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3299 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2428
 3300 msgid "entry_cache_user_timeout (integer)"
 3301 msgstr "entry_cache_user_timeout (entier)"
 3302 
 3303 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3304 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2431
 3305 msgid ""
 3306 "How many seconds should nss_sss consider user entries valid before asking "
 3307 "the backend again"
 3308 msgstr ""
 3309 "La durée en secondes pendant laquelle nss_sss doit considérer les entrées "
 3310 "d'utilisateurs comme valides avant de les redemander au moteur."
 3311 
 3312 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3313 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2435 sssd.conf.5.xml:2448 sssd.conf.5.xml:2461
 3314 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2474 sssd.conf.5.xml:2488 sssd.conf.5.xml:2501
 3315 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2515 sssd.conf.5.xml:2529 sssd.conf.5.xml:2542
 3316 msgid "Default: entry_cache_timeout"
 3317 msgstr "Par défaut : entry_cache_timeout"
 3318 
 3319 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3320 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2441
 3321 msgid "entry_cache_group_timeout (integer)"
 3322 msgstr "entry_cache_group_timeout (entier)"
 3323 
 3324 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3325 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2444
 3326 msgid ""
 3327 "How many seconds should nss_sss consider group entries valid before asking "
 3328 "the backend again"
 3329 msgstr ""
 3330 "La durée en secondes pendant laquelle nss_sss doit considérer les entrées de "
 3331 "groupes comme valides avant de les redemander au moteur."
 3332 
 3333 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3334 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2454
 3335 msgid "entry_cache_netgroup_timeout (integer)"
 3336 msgstr "entry_cache_netgroup_timeout (entier)"
 3337 
 3338 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3339 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2457
 3340 msgid ""
 3341 "How many seconds should nss_sss consider netgroup entries valid before "
 3342 "asking the backend again"
 3343 msgstr ""
 3344 "La durée en secondes pendant laquelle nss_sss doit considérer les entrées de "
 3345 "netgroup comme valides avant de les redemander au moteur."
 3346 
 3347 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3348 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2467
 3349 msgid "entry_cache_service_timeout (integer)"
 3350 msgstr "entry_cache_service_timeout (entier)"
 3351 
 3352 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3353 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2470
 3354 msgid ""
 3355 "How many seconds should nss_sss consider service entries valid before asking "
 3356 "the backend again"
 3357 msgstr ""
 3358 "La durée en secondes pendant laquelle nss_sss doit considérer les entrées de "
 3359 "service valides avant de les redemander au moteur"
 3360 
 3361 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3362 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2480
 3363 msgid "entry_cache_resolver_timeout (integer)"
 3364 msgstr ""
 3365 
 3366 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3367 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2483
 3368 msgid ""
 3369 "How many seconds should nss_sss consider hosts and networks entries valid "
 3370 "before asking the backend again"
 3371 msgstr ""
 3372 
 3373 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3374 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2494
 3375 msgid "entry_cache_sudo_timeout (integer)"
 3376 msgstr "entry_cache_sudo_timeout (integer)"
 3377 
 3378 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3379 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2497
 3380 msgid ""
 3381 "How many seconds should sudo consider rules valid before asking the backend "
 3382 "again"
 3383 msgstr ""
 3384 "La durée en secondes pendant laquelle sudo doit considérer les règles comme "
 3385 "valides avant de les redemander au moteur"
 3386 
 3387 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3388 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2507
 3389 msgid "entry_cache_autofs_timeout (integer)"
 3390 msgstr "entry_cache_autofs_timeout (integer)"
 3391 
 3392 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3393 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2510
 3394 msgid ""
 3395 "How many seconds should the autofs service consider automounter maps valid "
 3396 "before asking the backend again"
 3397 msgstr ""
 3398 "La durée en secondes pendant laquelle le service autofs doit considérer les "
 3399 "cartes d'automontage comme valides avant de les redemander au moteur"
 3400 
 3401 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3402 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2521
 3403 msgid "entry_cache_ssh_host_timeout (integer)"
 3404 msgstr "entry_cache_ssh_host_timeout (entier)"
 3405 
 3406 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3407 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2524
 3408 msgid ""
 3409 "How many seconds to keep a host ssh key after refresh. IE how long to cache "
 3410 "the host key for."
 3411 msgstr ""
 3412 "La durée en secondes pendant laquelle conserver une clé ssh d'hôte après "
 3413 "rafraichissement. I.e. combien de temps mettre la clé en cache."
 3414 
 3415 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3416 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2535
 3417 msgid "entry_cache_computer_timeout (integer)"
 3418 msgstr ""
 3419 
 3420 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3421 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2538
 3422 msgid ""
 3423 "How many seconds to keep the local computer entry before asking the backend "
 3424 "again"
 3425 msgstr ""
 3426 
 3427 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3428 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2548
 3429 msgid "refresh_expired_interval (integer)"
 3430 msgstr "refresh_expired_interval (entier)"
 3431 
 3432 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3433 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2551
 3434 msgid ""
 3435 "Specifies how many seconds SSSD has to wait before triggering a background "
 3436 "refresh task which will refresh all expired or nearly expired records."
 3437 msgstr ""
 3438 "Indique la durée en secondes pendant laquelle SSSD doit attendre avant de "
 3439 "déclencher une tâche en arrière-plan qui rafraichira tous les "
 3440 "enregistrements expirés ou sur le point de l'être."
 3441 
 3442 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3443 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2556
 3444 msgid ""
 3445 "The background refresh will process users, groups and netgroups in the "
 3446 "cache. For users who have performed the initgroups (get group membership for "
 3447 "user, typically ran at login)  operation in the past, both the user entry "
 3448 "and the group membership are updated."
 3449 msgstr ""
 3450 
 3451 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3452 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2564
 3453 msgid "This option is automatically inherited for all trusted domains."
 3454 msgstr ""
 3455 
 3456 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3457 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2568
 3458 msgid "You can consider setting this value to 3/4 * entry_cache_timeout."
 3459 msgstr ""
 3460 "Il est envisageable de configurer cette valeur à 3/4 * entry_cache_timeout."
 3461 
 3462 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3463 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2572
 3464 msgid ""
 3465 "Cache entry will be refreshed by background task when 2/3 of cache timeout "
 3466 "has already passed.  If there are existing cached entries, the background "
 3467 "task will refer to their original cache timeout values instead of current "
 3468 "configuration value.  This may lead to a situation in which background "
 3469 "refresh task appears to not be working. This is done by design to improve "
 3470 "offline mode operation and reuse of existing valid cache entries.  To make "
 3471 "this change instant the user may want to manually invalidate existing cache."
 3472 msgstr ""
 3473 
 3474 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3475 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2585 sssd-ldap.5.xml:350 sssd-ipa.5.xml:269
 3476 msgid "Default: 0 (disabled)"
 3477 msgstr "Par défaut : 0 (désactivé)"
 3478 
 3479 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3480 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2591
 3481 msgid "cache_credentials (bool)"
 3482 msgstr "cache_credentials (booléen)"
 3483 
 3484 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3485 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2594
 3486 msgid "Determines if user credentials are also cached in the local LDB cache"
 3487 msgstr ""
 3488 "Détermine si les données d'identification de l'utilisateur sont aussi mis en "
 3489 "cache dans le cache LDB local"
 3490 
 3491 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3492 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2598
 3493 msgid "User credentials are stored in a SHA512 hash, not in plaintext"
 3494 msgstr ""
 3495 "Les informations d'identification utilisateur sont stockées dans une table "
 3496 "de hachage SHA512, et non en texte brut"
 3497 
 3498 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3499 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2608
 3500 msgid "cache_credentials_minimal_first_factor_length (int)"
 3501 msgstr ""
 3502 
 3503 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3504 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2611
 3505 msgid ""
 3506 "If 2-Factor-Authentication (2FA) is used and credentials should be saved "
 3507 "this value determines the minimal length the first authentication factor "
 3508 "(long term password) must have to be saved as SHA512 hash into the cache."
 3509 msgstr ""
 3510 
 3511 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3512 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2618
 3513 msgid ""
 3514 "This should avoid that the short PINs of a PIN based 2FA scheme are saved in "
 3515 "the cache which would make them easy targets for brute-force attacks."
 3516 msgstr ""
 3517 
 3518 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3519 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2629
 3520 msgid "account_cache_expiration (integer)"
 3521 msgstr "account_cache_expiration (entier)"
 3522 
 3523 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3524 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2632
 3525 msgid ""
 3526 "Number of days entries are left in cache after last successful login before "
 3527 "being removed during a cleanup of the cache. 0 means keep forever.  The "
 3528 "value of this parameter must be greater than or equal to "
 3529 "offline_credentials_expiration."
 3530 msgstr ""
 3531 "Durée en jours pendant laquelle les entrées sont stockées dans le cache "
 3532 "après la dernière connexion réussie, avant d'être enlevées lors du nettoyage "
 3533 "du cache. 0 signifie qu'elles sont conservées indéfiniment. La valeur de ce "
 3534 "paramètre doit être supérieur ou égal à offline_credentials_expiration."
 3535 
 3536 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3537 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2639
 3538 msgid "Default: 0 (unlimited)"
 3539 msgstr "Par défaut : 0 (illimité)"
 3540 
 3541 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3542 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2644
 3543 msgid "pwd_expiration_warning (integer)"
 3544 msgstr "pwd_expiration_warning (integer)"
 3545 
 3546 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3547 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2655
 3548 msgid ""
 3549 "Please note that the backend server has to provide information about the "
 3550 "expiration time of the password.  If this information is missing, sssd "
 3551 "cannot display a warning. Also an auth provider has to be configured for the "
 3552 "backend."
 3553 msgstr ""
 3554 "Veuillez noter que le moteur du service doit fournir des informations à "
 3555 "propos du délai d'expiration du mot de passe. Si cette information est "
 3556 "manquante, sssd ne peut afficher de message d'alerte. De plus, un "
 3557 "fournisseur oauth doit être configuré pour le moteur."
 3558 
 3559 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3560 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2662
 3561 msgid "Default: 7 (Kerberos), 0 (LDAP)"
 3562 msgstr "Par défaut : 7 (Kerberos), 0 (LDAP)"
 3563 
 3564 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3565 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2668
 3566 msgid "id_provider (string)"
 3567 msgstr "id_provider (chaîne)"
 3568 
 3569 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3570 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2671
 3571 msgid ""
 3572 "The identification provider used for the domain.  Supported ID providers are:"
 3573 msgstr ""
 3574 "Le fournisseur d'identification utilisé pour le domaine.  Les fournisseurs "
 3575 "d'identification pris en charge sont :"
 3576 
 3577 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3578 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2675
 3579 msgid "<quote>proxy</quote>: Support a legacy NSS provider."
 3580 msgstr ""
 3581 
 3582 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3583 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2678
 3584 msgid ""
 3585 "<quote>local</quote>: SSSD internal provider for local users (DEPRECATED)."
 3586 msgstr ""
 3587 
 3588 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3589 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2682
 3590 msgid ""
 3591 "<quote>files</quote>: FILES provider. See <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-"
 3592 "files</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry> for more "
 3593 "information on how to mirror local users and groups into SSSD."
 3594 msgstr ""
 3595 
 3596 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3597 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2690
 3598 msgid ""
 3599 "<quote>ldap</quote>: LDAP provider. See <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-"
 3600 "ldap</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry> for more "
 3601 "information on configuring LDAP."
 3602 msgstr ""
 3603 "<quote>ldap</quote> : fournisseur LDAP. Cf. "
 3604 "<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sssd-ldap</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
 3605 "manvolnum></citerefentry> pour plus d'informations sur la configuration de "
 3606 "LDAP."
 3607 
 3608 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3609 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2698 sssd.conf.5.xml:2804 sssd.conf.5.xml:2859
 3610 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2922
 3611 msgid ""
 3612 "<quote>ipa</quote>: FreeIPA and Red Hat Enterprise Identity Management "
 3613 "provider. See <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-ipa</refentrytitle> "
 3614 "<manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry> for more information on configuring "
 3615 "FreeIPA."
 3616 msgstr ""
 3617 "<quote>ipa</quote> : fournisseur FreeIPA et Red Hat Enterprise Identity "
 3618 "Management. Cf. <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sssd-ipa</refentrytitle> "
 3619 "<manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> pour plus d'informations sur la "
 3620 "configuration de FreeIPA."
 3621 
 3622 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3623 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2707 sssd.conf.5.xml:2813 sssd.conf.5.xml:2868
 3624 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2931
 3625 msgid ""
 3626 "<quote>ad</quote>: Active Directory provider. See <citerefentry> "
 3627 "<refentrytitle>sssd-ad</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </"
 3628 "citerefentry> for more information on configuring Active Directory."
 3629 msgstr ""
 3630 "<quote>ad</quote> : fournisseur Active Directory. Cf. "
 3631 "<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sssd-ad</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
 3632 "manvolnum></citerefentry> pour plus d'informations sur la configuration "
 3633 "d'Active Directory."
 3634 
 3635 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3636 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2718
 3637 msgid "use_fully_qualified_names (bool)"
 3638 msgstr "use_fully_qualified_names (booléen)"
 3639 
 3640 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3641 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2721
 3642 msgid ""
 3643 "Use the full name and domain (as formatted by the domain's full_name_format) "
 3644 "as the user's login name reported to NSS."
 3645 msgstr ""
 3646 "Utiliser le nom complet et le domaine (comme formaté par le paramètre "
 3647 "full_name_format du domaine) comme nom de connexion de l'utilisateur "
 3648 "communiqué à NSS."
 3649 
 3650 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3651 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2726
 3652 msgid ""
 3653 "If set to TRUE, all requests to this domain must use fully qualified names. "
 3654 "For example, if used in LOCAL domain that contains a \"test\" user, "
 3655 "<command>getent passwd test</command> wouldn't find the user while "
 3656 "<command>getent passwd test@LOCAL</command> would."
 3657 msgstr ""
 3658 "Si défini à TRUE, toutes les requêtes pour ce domaine doivent utiliser des "
 3659 "noms pleinement qualifiés. Par exemple, pour un utilisateur « test » dans un "
 3660 "domaine LOCAL, <command>getent passwd test</command> ne trouvera pas "
 3661 "l'utilisateur avant que <command>getent passwd test@LOCAL</command> ne le "
 3662 "trouve."
 3663 
 3664 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3665 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2734
 3666 msgid ""
 3667 "NOTE: This option has no effect on netgroup lookups due to their tendency to "
 3668 "include nested netgroups without qualified names. For netgroups, all domains "
 3669 "will be searched when an unqualified name is requested."
 3670 msgstr ""
 3671 "NOTE : Cette option n'a pas d'effet sur les recherches de netgroups, du fait "
 3672 "de leur tendance à inclure des groupes imbriqués sans noms qualifiés. Pour "
 3673 "les netgroups, la recherche se fera dans tous les domaines lorsqu'un nom non "
 3674 "qualifié sera demandé."
 3675 
 3676 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3677 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2741
 3678 msgid ""
 3679 "Default: FALSE (TRUE for trusted domain/sub-domains or if "
 3680 "default_domain_suffix is used)"
 3681 msgstr ""
 3682 
 3683 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3684 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2748
 3685 msgid "ignore_group_members (bool)"
 3686 msgstr "ignore_group_members (booléen)"
 3687 
 3688 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3689 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2751
 3690 msgid "Do not return group members for group lookups."
 3691 msgstr "Ne pas envoyer les membres des groupes sur les recherches de groupes."
 3692 
 3693 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3694 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2754
 3695 msgid ""
 3696 "If set to TRUE, the group membership attribute is not requested from the "
 3697 "ldap server, and group members are not returned when processing group lookup "
 3698 "calls, such as <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>getgrnam</refentrytitle> "
 3699 "<manvolnum>3</manvolnum> </citerefentry> or <citerefentry> "
 3700 "<refentrytitle>getgrgid</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>3</manvolnum> </"
 3701 "citerefentry>.  As an effect, <quote>getent group $groupname</quote> would "
 3702 "return the requested group as if it was empty."
 3703 msgstr ""
 3704 
 3705 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3706 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2772
 3707 msgid ""
 3708 "Enabling this option can also make access provider checks for group "
 3709 "membership significantly faster, especially for groups containing many "
 3710 "members."
 3711 msgstr ""
 3712 
 3713 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3714 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2783
 3715 msgid "auth_provider (string)"
 3716 msgstr "auth_provider (chaîne)"
 3717 
 3718 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3719 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2786
 3720 msgid ""
 3721 "The authentication provider used for the domain.  Supported auth providers "
 3722 "are:"
 3723 msgstr ""
 3724 "Le fournisseur d'authentification utilisé pour le domaine. Les fournisseurs "
 3725 "pris en charge sont :"
 3726 
 3727 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3728 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2790 sssd.conf.5.xml:2852
 3729 msgid ""
 3730 "<quote>ldap</quote> for native LDAP authentication. See <citerefentry> "
 3731 "<refentrytitle>sssd-ldap</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </"
 3732 "citerefentry> for more information on configuring LDAP."
 3733 msgstr ""
 3734 "<quote>ldap</quote> pour une authentification LDAP native. Cf. "
 3735 "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-ldap</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
 3736 "manvolnum> </citerefentry> pour plus d'informations sur la configuration de  "
 3737 "LDAP."
 3738 
 3739 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3740 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2797
 3741 msgid ""
 3742 "<quote>krb5</quote> for Kerberos authentication. See <citerefentry> "
 3743 "<refentrytitle>sssd-krb5</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </"
 3744 "citerefentry> for more information on configuring Kerberos."
 3745 msgstr ""
 3746 "<quote>krb5</quote> pour une authentification Kerberos. Cf. <citerefentry> "
 3747 "<refentrytitle>sssd-krb5</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </"
 3748 "citerefentry> pour plus d'informations sur la configuration de Kerberos."
 3749 
 3750 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3751 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2821
 3752 msgid ""
 3753 "<quote>proxy</quote> for relaying authentication to some other PAM target."
 3754 msgstr ""
 3755 "<quote>proxy</quote> pour relayer l'authentification vers d'autres cibles "
 3756 "PAM."
 3757 
 3758 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3759 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2824
 3760 msgid "<quote>local</quote>: SSSD internal provider for local users"
 3761 msgstr ""
 3762 "<quote>local</quote> : Fournisseur interne SSSD pour les utilisateurs locaux"
 3763 
 3764 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3765 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2828
 3766 msgid "<quote>none</quote> disables authentication explicitly."
 3767 msgstr "<quote>none</quote> désactive l'authentification explicitement."
 3768 
 3769 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3770 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2831
 3771 msgid ""
 3772 "Default: <quote>id_provider</quote> is used if it is set and can handle "
 3773 "authentication requests."
 3774 msgstr ""
 3775 "Par défaut : <quote>id_provider</quote> est utilisé s'il est défini et peut "
 3776 "gérer les requêtes d'authentification."
 3777 
 3778 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3779 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2837
 3780 msgid "access_provider (string)"
 3781 msgstr "access_provider (chaîne)"
 3782 
 3783 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3784 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2840
 3785 msgid ""
 3786 "The access control provider used for the domain.  There are two built-in "
 3787 "access providers (in addition to any included in installed backends)  "
 3788 "Internal special providers are:"
 3789 msgstr ""
 3790 "Le fournisseur de contrôle d'accès utilisé pour le domaine. Il y a deux "
 3791 "fournisseurs d'accès natifs (en plus de ceux disponibles dans les moteurs "
 3792 "installés). Les fournisseurs internes spécifiques sont :"
 3793 
 3794 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3795 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2846
 3796 msgid ""
 3797 "<quote>permit</quote> always allow access. It's the only permitted access "
 3798 "provider for a local domain."
 3799 msgstr ""
 3800 "<quote>permit</quote> toujours autoriser l'accès. C'est le seul fournisseur "
 3801 "d'accès autorisé pour un domaine local."
 3802 
 3803 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3804 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2849
 3805 msgid "<quote>deny</quote> always deny access."
 3806 msgstr "<quote>deny</quote> toujours refuser les accès."
 3807 
 3808 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3809 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2876
 3810 msgid ""
 3811 "<quote>simple</quote> access control based on access or deny lists. See "
 3812 "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-simple</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
 3813 "manvolnum></citerefentry> for more information on configuring the simple "
 3814 "access module."
 3815 msgstr ""
 3816 "Contrôle d'accès <quote>simple</quote> basé sur des listes d'autorisations "
 3817 "ou de refus d'accès. Cf. <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-simple</"
 3818 "refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> pour plus "
 3819 "d'informations sur la configuration du module d'accès simple."
 3820 
 3821 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3822 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2883
 3823 msgid ""
 3824 "<quote>krb5</quote>: .k5login based access control.  See <citerefentry> "
 3825 "<refentrytitle>sssd-krb5</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum></"
 3826 "citerefentry> for more information on configuring Kerberos."
 3827 msgstr ""
 3828 
 3829 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3830 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2890
 3831 msgid "<quote>proxy</quote> for relaying access control to another PAM module."
 3832 msgstr ""
 3833 
 3834 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3835 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2893
 3836 msgid "Default: <quote>permit</quote>"
 3837 msgstr "Par défaut : <quote>permit</quote>"
 3838 
 3839 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3840 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2898
 3841 msgid "chpass_provider (string)"
 3842 msgstr "chpass_provider (chaîne)"
 3843 
 3844 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3845 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2901
 3846 msgid ""
 3847 "The provider which should handle change password operations for the domain.  "
 3848 "Supported change password providers are:"
 3849 msgstr ""
 3850 "Le fournisseur qui doit gérer le changement des mots de passe pour le "
 3851 "domaine. Les fournisseurs pris en charge sont :"
 3852 
 3853 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3854 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2906
 3855 msgid ""
 3856 "<quote>ldap</quote> to change a password stored in a LDAP server. See "
 3857 "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-ldap</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
 3858 "manvolnum> </citerefentry> for more information on configuring LDAP."
 3859 msgstr ""
 3860 
 3861 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3862 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2914
 3863 msgid ""
 3864 "<quote>krb5</quote> to change the Kerberos password. See <citerefentry> "
 3865 "<refentrytitle>sssd-krb5</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </"
 3866 "citerefentry> for more information on configuring Kerberos."
 3867 msgstr ""
 3868 "<quote>krb5</quote> pour changer le mot de passe Kerberos. Cf. "
 3869 "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-krb5</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
 3870 "manvolnum> </citerefentry> pour plus d'informations sur la configuration de "
 3871 "Kerberos."
 3872 
 3873 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3874 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2939
 3875 msgid ""
 3876 "<quote>proxy</quote> for relaying password changes to some other PAM target."
 3877 msgstr ""
 3878 "<quote>proxy</quote> pour relayer le changement de mot de passe vers une "
 3879 "autre cible PAM."
 3880 
 3881 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3882 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2943
 3883 msgid "<quote>none</quote> disallows password changes explicitly."
 3884 msgstr ""
 3885 "<quote>none</quote> pour désactiver explicitement le changement de mot de "
 3886 "passe."
 3887 
 3888 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3889 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2946
 3890 msgid ""
 3891 "Default: <quote>auth_provider</quote> is used if it is set and can handle "
 3892 "change password requests."
 3893 msgstr ""
 3894 "Par défaut : <quote>auth_provider</quote> est utilisé si il est défini et "
 3895 "peut gérer les changements de mot de passe."
 3896 
 3897 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3898 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2953
 3899 msgid "sudo_provider (string)"
 3900 msgstr "sudo_provider (chaîne)"
 3901 
 3902 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3903 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2956
 3904 msgid "The SUDO provider used for the domain.  Supported SUDO providers are:"
 3905 msgstr ""
 3906 "Le fournisseur SUDO, utilisé pour le domaine.  Les fournisseurs SUDO pris en "
 3907 "charge sont :"
 3908 
 3909 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3910 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2960
 3911 msgid ""
 3912 "<quote>ldap</quote> for rules stored in LDAP. See <citerefentry> "
 3913 "<refentrytitle>sssd-ldap</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </"
 3914 "citerefentry> for more information on configuring LDAP."
 3915 msgstr ""
 3916 "<quote>ldap</quote> pour les règles stockés dans LDAP. Voir "
 3917 "<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sssd-ldap</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
 3918 "manvolnum></citerefentry> pour plus d'informations sur la configuration de "
 3919 "LDAP."
 3920 
 3921 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3922 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2968
 3923 msgid ""
 3924 "<quote>ipa</quote> the same as <quote>ldap</quote> but with IPA default "
 3925 "settings."
 3926 msgstr ""
 3927 "<quote>ipa</quote> identiqué à <quote>ldap</quote> mais avec les paramètres "
 3928 "par défaut pour IPA."
 3929 
 3930 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3931 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2972
 3932 msgid ""
 3933 "<quote>ad</quote> the same as <quote>ldap</quote> but with AD default "
 3934 "settings."
 3935 msgstr ""
 3936 "<quote>ipa</quote> identiqué à <quote>ldap</quote> mais avec les paramètres "
 3937 "par défaut pour AD."
 3938 
 3939 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3940 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2976
 3941 msgid "<quote>none</quote> disables SUDO explicitly."
 3942 msgstr "<quote>none</quote> désactive explicitement SUDO."
 3943 
 3944 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3945 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2979 sssd.conf.5.xml:3065 sssd.conf.5.xml:3135
 3946 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3160 sssd.conf.5.xml:3196
 3947 msgid "Default: The value of <quote>id_provider</quote> is used if it is set."
 3948 msgstr ""
 3949 "Par défaut : La valeur de <quote>id_provider</quote> est utilisée si elle "
 3950 "est définie."
 3951 
 3952 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3953 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2983
 3954 msgid ""
 3955 "The detailed instructions for configuration of sudo_provider are in the "
 3956 "manual page <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-sudo</refentrytitle> "
 3957 "<manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry>.  There are many configuration "
 3958 "options that can be used to adjust the behavior. Please refer to "
 3959 "\"ldap_sudo_*\" in <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-ldap</refentrytitle> "
 3960 "<manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry>."
 3961 msgstr ""
 3962 
 3963 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3964 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2998
 3965 msgid ""
 3966 "<emphasis>NOTE:</emphasis> Sudo rules are periodically downloaded in the "
 3967 "background unless the sudo provider is explicitly disabled. Set "
 3968 "<emphasis>sudo_provider = None</emphasis> to disable all sudo-related "
 3969 "activity in SSSD if you do not want to use sudo with SSSD at all."
 3970 msgstr ""
 3971 
 3972 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3973 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3008
 3974 msgid "selinux_provider (string)"
 3975 msgstr "selinux_provider (string)"
 3976 
 3977 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3978 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3011
 3979 msgid ""
 3980 "The provider which should handle loading of selinux settings. Note that this "
 3981 "provider will be called right after access provider ends.  Supported selinux "
 3982 "providers are:"
 3983 msgstr ""
 3984 "Le fournisseur qui doit gérer le chargement des paramètres de selinux. "
 3985 "Remarque : ce fournisseur sera appelé juste après la fin de l'appel au "
 3986 "fournisseur d'accès.  Les fournisseurs selinux pris en charge sont :"
 3987 
 3988 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3989 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3017
 3990 msgid ""
 3991 "<quote>ipa</quote> to load selinux settings from an IPA server. See "
 3992 "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-ipa</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
 3993 "manvolnum> </citerefentry> for more information on configuring IPA."
 3994 msgstr ""
 3995 "<quote>ipa</quote> pour charger les paramètres selinux depuis un serveur "
 3996 "IPA. Cf. <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sssd-ipa</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
 3997 "manvolnum></citerefentry> pour plus d'informations sur la configuration de "
 3998 "IPA."
 3999 
 4000 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4001 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3025
 4002 msgid "<quote>none</quote> disallows fetching selinux settings explicitly."
 4003 msgstr ""
 4004 "<quote>none</quote> n'autorise pas la récupération explicite des paramètres "
 4005 "selinux."
 4006 
 4007 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4008 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3028
 4009 msgid ""
 4010 "Default: <quote>id_provider</quote> is used if it is set and can handle "
 4011 "selinux loading requests."
 4012 msgstr ""
 4013 "Par défaut : <quote>id_provider</quote> est utilisé s'il est défini et peut "
 4014 "gérer le chargement selinux"
 4015 
 4016 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4017 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3034
 4018 msgid "subdomains_provider (string)"
 4019 msgstr "subdomains_provider (string)"
 4020 
 4021 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4022 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3037
 4023 msgid ""
 4024 "The provider which should handle fetching of subdomains. This value should "
 4025 "be always the same as id_provider.  Supported subdomain providers are:"
 4026 msgstr ""
 4027 "Le fournisseur doit être capable de gérer la récupération des sous-"
 4028 "domaines.  Cette valeur doit être toujours identique à id_provider.  Les "
 4029 "fournisseurs de sous-domaine pris en charge sont :"
 4030 
 4031 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4032 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3043
 4033 msgid ""
 4034 "<quote>ipa</quote> to load a list of subdomains from an IPA server. See "
 4035 "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-ipa</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
 4036 "manvolnum> </citerefentry> for more information on configuring IPA."
 4037 msgstr ""
 4038 "<quote>ipa</quote> pour charger une liste de sous-domaines depuis un serveur "
 4039 "IPA. Cf. <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sssd-ipa</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
 4040 "manvolnum></citerefentry> pour plus d'informations sur la configuration de "
 4041 "IPA."
 4042 
 4043 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4044 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3052
 4045 msgid ""
 4046 "<quote>ad</quote> to load a list of subdomains from an Active Directory "
 4047 "server. See <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-ad</refentrytitle> "
 4048 "<manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry> for more information on configuring "
 4049 "the AD provider."
 4050 msgstr ""
 4051 
 4052 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4053 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3061
 4054 msgid "<quote>none</quote> disallows fetching subdomains explicitly."
 4055 msgstr ""
 4056 "<quote>none</quote> désactive la récupération explicite des sous-domaines."
 4057 
 4058 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4059 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3071
 4060 msgid "session_provider (string)"
 4061 msgstr ""
 4062 
 4063 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4064 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3074
 4065 msgid ""
 4066 "The provider which configures and manages user session related tasks. The "
 4067 "only user session task currently provided is the integration with Fleet "
 4068 "Commander, which works only with IPA.  Supported session providers are:"
 4069 msgstr ""
 4070 
 4071 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4072 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3081
 4073 msgid "<quote>ipa</quote> to allow performing user session related tasks."
 4074 msgstr ""
 4075 
 4076 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4077 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3085
 4078 msgid ""
 4079 "<quote>none</quote> does not perform any kind of user session related tasks."
 4080 msgstr ""
 4081 
 4082 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4083 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3089
 4084 msgid ""
 4085 "Default: <quote>id_provider</quote> is used if it is set and can perform "
 4086 "session related tasks."
 4087 msgstr ""
 4088 
 4089 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4090 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3093
 4091 msgid ""
 4092 "<emphasis>NOTE:</emphasis> In order to have this feature working as expected "
 4093 "SSSD must be running as \"root\" and not as the unprivileged user."
 4094 msgstr ""
 4095 
 4096 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4097 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3101
 4098 msgid "autofs_provider (string)"
 4099 msgstr "autofs_provider (string)"
 4100 
 4101 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4102 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3104
 4103 msgid ""
 4104 "The autofs provider used for the domain.  Supported autofs providers are:"
 4105 msgstr ""
 4106 "Le fournisseur autofs utilisé pour le domaine.  Les fournisseurs autofs pris "
 4107 "en charge sont :"
 4108 
 4109 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4110 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3108
 4111 msgid ""
 4112 "<quote>ldap</quote> to load maps stored in LDAP. See <citerefentry> "
 4113 "<refentrytitle>sssd-ldap</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </"
 4114 "citerefentry> for more information on configuring LDAP."
 4115 msgstr ""
 4116 "<quote>ldap</quote> pour charger les cartes stockées dans LDAP. Cf. "
 4117 "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-ldap</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
 4118 "manvolnum> </citerefentry> pour plus d'informations sur la configuration de "
 4119 "LDAP."
 4120 
 4121 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4122 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3115
 4123 msgid ""
 4124 "<quote>ipa</quote> to load maps stored in an IPA server. See <citerefentry> "
 4125 "<refentrytitle>sssd-ipa</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </"
 4126 "citerefentry> for more information on configuring IPA."
 4127 msgstr ""
 4128 "<quote>ipa</quote> pour charger les cartes stockées sur un serveur  IPA. Cf. "
 4129 "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-ipa</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
 4130 "manvolnum> </citerefentry> pour plus d'information sur la configuration de "
 4131 "IPA."
 4132 
 4133 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4134 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3123
 4135 msgid ""
 4136 "<quote>ad</quote> to load maps stored in an AD server. See <citerefentry> "
 4137 "<refentrytitle>sssd-ad</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </"
 4138 "citerefentry> for more information on configuring the AD provider."
 4139 msgstr ""
 4140 
 4141 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4142 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3132
 4143 msgid "<quote>none</quote> disables autofs explicitly."
 4144 msgstr "<quote>none</quote> désactive explicitement autofs."
 4145 
 4146 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4147 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3142
 4148 msgid "hostid_provider (string)"
 4149 msgstr "hostid_provider (string)"
 4150 
 4151 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4152 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3145
 4153 msgid ""
 4154 "The provider used for retrieving host identity information.  Supported "
 4155 "hostid providers are:"
 4156 msgstr ""
 4157 "Le fournisseur utilisé pour récupérer les informations d'identité des "
 4158 "systèmes.  Les fournisseurs de hostid pris en charge sont :"
 4159 
 4160 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4161 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3149
 4162 msgid ""
 4163 "<quote>ipa</quote> to load host identity stored in an IPA server. See "
 4164 "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-ipa</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
 4165 "manvolnum> </citerefentry> for more information on configuring IPA."
 4166 msgstr ""
 4167 "<quote>ipa</quote> pour charge l'identité du système stockée sur un serveur "
 4168 "IPA. Cf. <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-ipa</refentrytitle> "
 4169 "<manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry> pour plus d'informations sur la "
 4170 "configuration de IPA."
 4171 
 4172 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4173 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3157
 4174 msgid "<quote>none</quote> disables hostid explicitly."
 4175 msgstr "<quote>none</quote> désactive explicitement hostid."
 4176 
 4177 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4178 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3167
 4179 msgid "resolver_provider (string)"
 4180 msgstr ""
 4181 
 4182 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4183 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3170
 4184 msgid ""
 4185 "The provider which should handle hosts and networks lookups. Supported "
 4186 "resolver providers are:"
 4187 msgstr ""
 4188 
 4189 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4190 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3174
 4191 msgid ""
 4192 "<quote>proxy</quote> to forward lookups to another NSS library. See "
 4193 "<quote>proxy_resolver_lib_name</quote>"
 4194 msgstr ""
 4195 
 4196 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4197 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3178
 4198 msgid ""
 4199 "<quote>ldap</quote> to fetch hosts and networks stored in LDAP. See "
 4200 "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-ldap</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
 4201 "manvolnum> </citerefentry> for more information on configuring LDAP."
 4202 msgstr ""
 4203 
 4204 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4205 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3185
 4206 msgid ""
 4207 "<quote>ad</quote> to fetch hosts and networks stored in AD. See "
 4208 "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-ad</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
 4209 "manvolnum> </citerefentry> for more information on configuring the AD "
 4210 "provider."
 4211 msgstr ""
 4212 
 4213 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4214 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3193
 4215 msgid "<quote>none</quote> disallows fetching hosts and networks explicitly."
 4216 msgstr ""
 4217 
 4218 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4219 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3206
 4220 msgid ""
 4221 "Regular expression for this domain that describes how to parse the string "
 4222 "containing user name and domain into these components.  The \"domain\" can "
 4223 "match either the SSSD configuration domain name, or, in the case of IPA "
 4224 "trust subdomains and Active Directory domains, the flat (NetBIOS) name of "
 4225 "the domain."
 4226 msgstr ""
 4227 "L'expression rationnelle pour ce domaine qui décrit comment analyser la "
 4228 "chaîne contenant le nom d'utilisateur et domaine et en extraire ces "
 4229 "composants. Le « domaine » peut correspondre à soit au nom de domaine de la "
 4230 "configuration SSSD, ou, dans le cas de relations d'approbations avec des "
 4231 "sous-domaines IPA ou des domaines Active Directory, le nom plat (NetBIOS) du "
 4232 "domaine."
 4233 
 4234 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4235 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3215
 4236 msgid ""
 4237 "Default for the AD and IPA provider: <quote>(((?P&lt;domain&gt;[^\\\\]+)\\"
 4238 "\\(?P&lt;name&gt;.+$))|((?P&lt;name&gt;[^@]+)@(?P&lt;domain&gt;.+$))|(^(?"
 4239 "P&lt;name&gt;[^@\\\\]+)$))</quote> which allows three different styles for "
 4240 "user names:"
 4241 msgstr ""
 4242 "Valeur par défaut pour les fournisseurs AD et IPA : <quote>(((?P&lt;"
 4243 "domain&gt;[^\\\\]+)\\\\(?P&lt;name&gt;.+$))|((?P&lt;name&gt;[^@]+)@(?P&lt;"
 4244 "domain&gt;.+$))|(^(?P&lt;name&gt;[^@\\\\]+)$))</quote> qui utilisent trois "
 4245 "styles différents pour les noms d'utilisateurs :"
 4246 
 4247 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 4248 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3220
 4249 msgid "username"
 4250 msgstr "username"
 4251 
 4252 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 4253 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3223
 4254 msgid "username@domain.name"
 4255 msgstr "username@domain.name"
 4256 
 4257 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 4258 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3226
 4259 msgid "domain\\username"
 4260 msgstr "domain\\username"
 4261 
 4262 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4263 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3229
 4264 msgid ""
 4265 "While the first two correspond to the general default the third one is "
 4266 "introduced to allow easy integration of users from Windows domains."
 4267 msgstr ""
 4268 "Bien que les deux premiers correspondent à la valeur par défaut en général "
 4269 "le troisième est introduit pour permettre une intégration facile des "
 4270 "utilisateurs de domaines Windows."
 4271 
 4272 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4273 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3234
 4274 msgid ""
 4275 "Default: <quote>(?P&lt;name&gt;[^@]+)@?(?P&lt;domain&gt;[^@]*$)</quote> "
 4276 "which translates to \"the name is everything up to the <quote>@</quote> "
 4277 "sign, the domain everything after that\""
 4278 msgstr ""
 4279 "Par défaut : <quote>(?P&lt;name&gt;[^@]+)@?(?P&lt;domain&gt;[^@]*$)</quote> "
 4280 "qui se traduit par « peu importe le nom jusqu'au <quote>@</quote>, peu "
 4281 "importe le domaine après »"
 4282 
 4283 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4284 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3240
 4285 msgid ""
 4286 "NOTE: Some Active Directory groups, typically those used for MS Exchange "
 4287 "contain an <quote>@</quote> sign in the name, which clashes with the default "
 4288 "re_expression value for the AD and IPA providers. To support these groups, "
 4289 "consider changing the re_expression value to: <quote>((?P&lt;name&gt;.+)@(?"
 4290 "P&lt;domain&gt;[^@]+$))</quote>."
 4291 msgstr ""
 4292 
 4293 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4294 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3291
 4295 msgid "Default: <quote>%1$s@%2$s</quote>."
 4296 msgstr "Par défaut : <quote>%1$s@%2$s</quote>."
 4297 
 4298 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4299 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3297
 4300 msgid "lookup_family_order (string)"
 4301 msgstr "lookup_family_order (chaîne)"
 4302 
 4303 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4304 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3300
 4305 msgid ""
 4306 "Provides the ability to select preferred address family to use when "
 4307 "performing DNS lookups."
 4308 msgstr ""
 4309 "Fournit la possibilité de sélectionner la famille d'adresse préférée à "
 4310 "utiliser pour effectuer les requêtes DNS."
 4311 
 4312 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4313 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3304
 4314 msgid "Supported values:"
 4315 msgstr "Valeurs prises en charge :"
 4316 
 4317 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4318 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3307
 4319 msgid "ipv4_first: Try looking up IPv4 address, if that fails, try IPv6"
 4320 msgstr ""
 4321 "ipv4_first : essayer de chercher une adresse IPv4, et en cas d'échec, "
 4322 "essayer IPv6."
 4323 
 4324 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4325 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3310
 4326 msgid "ipv4_only: Only attempt to resolve hostnames to IPv4 addresses."
 4327 msgstr ""
 4328 "ipv4_only : ne tenter de résoudre les noms de systèmes qu'en adresses IPv4."
 4329 
 4330 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4331 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3313
 4332 msgid "ipv6_first: Try looking up IPv6 address, if that fails, try IPv4"
 4333 msgstr ""
 4334 "ipv6_first : essayer de chercher une adresse IPv6, et en cas d'échec, tenter "
 4335 "IPv4."
 4336 
 4337 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4338 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3316
 4339 msgid "ipv6_only: Only attempt to resolve hostnames to IPv6 addresses."
 4340 msgstr ""
 4341 "ipv6_only : ne tenter de résoudre les noms de systèmes qu'en adresses IPv6."
 4342 
 4343 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4344 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3319
 4345 msgid "Default: ipv4_first"
 4346 msgstr "Par défaut : ipv4_first"
 4347 
 4348 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4349 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3325
 4350 msgid "dns_resolver_timeout (integer)"
 4351 msgstr "dns_resolver_timeout (entier)"
 4352 
 4353 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4354 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3328
 4355 msgid ""
 4356 "Defines the amount of time (in seconds) to wait for a reply from the "
 4357 "internal fail over service before assuming that the service is unreachable. "
 4358 "If this timeout is reached, the domain will continue to operate in offline "
 4359 "mode."
 4360 msgstr ""
 4361 
 4362 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4363 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3335
 4364 msgid ""
 4365 "Please see the section <quote>FAILOVER</quote> for more information about "
 4366 "the service resolution."
 4367 msgstr ""
 4368 
 4369 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4370 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3346
 4371 msgid "dns_discovery_domain (string)"
 4372 msgstr "dns_discovery_domain (chaîne)"
 4373 
 4374 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4375 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3349
 4376 msgid ""
 4377 "If service discovery is used in the back end, specifies the domain part of "
 4378 "the service discovery DNS query."
 4379 msgstr ""
 4380 "Si la découverte de services est utilisé par le moteur, spécifie la partie "
 4381 "du domaine faisant partie de la requête DNS de découverte de services."
 4382 
 4383 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4384 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3353
 4385 msgid "Default: Use the domain part of machine's hostname"
 4386 msgstr ""
 4387 "Par défaut : utiliser la partie du domaine qui est dans le nom de système de "
 4388 "la machine."
 4389 
 4390 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4391 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3359
 4392 msgid "override_gid (integer)"
 4393 msgstr "override_gid (entier)"
 4394 
 4395 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4396 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3362
 4397 msgid "Override the primary GID value with the one specified."
 4398 msgstr "Redéfinit le GID primaire avec la valeur spécifiée."
 4399 
 4400 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4401 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3368
 4402 msgid "case_sensitive (string)"
 4403 msgstr "case_sensitive (chaîne)"
 4404 
 4405 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4406 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3379
 4407 msgid "True"
 4408 msgstr "True"
 4409 
 4410 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4411 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3382
 4412 msgid "Case sensitive. This value is invalid for AD provider."
 4413 msgstr ""
 4414 
 4415 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4416 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3388
 4417 msgid "False"
 4418 msgstr "False"
 4419 
 4420 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4421 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3390
 4422 msgid "Case insensitive."
 4423 msgstr "Insensible à la casse."
 4424 
 4425 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4426 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3394
 4427 msgid "Preserving"
 4428 msgstr "Preserving"
 4429 
 4430 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4431 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3397
 4432 msgid ""
 4433 "Same as False (case insensitive), but does not lowercase names in the result "
 4434 "of NSS operations. Note that name aliases (and in case of services also "
 4435 "protocol names) are still lowercased in the output."
 4436 msgstr ""
 4437 "Comme False (insensible à la casse), mais ne convertit pas les noms en "
 4438 "minuscules lors des opérations NSS. Notez que les alias de noms (et dans le "
 4439 "cas des services les noms de protocoles) sont toujours en minuscule dans la "
 4440 "sortie."
 4441 
 4442 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4443 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3405
 4444 msgid ""
 4445 "If you want to set this value for trusted domain with IPA provider, you need "
 4446 "to set it on both the client and SSSD on the server."
 4447 msgstr ""
 4448 
 4449 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4450 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3371
 4451 msgid ""
 4452 "Treat user and group names as case sensitive.  <phrase condition="
 4453 "\"enable_local_provider\"> At the moment, this option is not supported in "
 4454 "the local provider.  </phrase> Possible option values are: <placeholder type="
 4455 "\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
 4456 msgstr ""
 4457 
 4458 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4459 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3415
 4460 msgid ""
 4461 "This option can be also set per subdomain or inherited via "
 4462 "<emphasis>subdomain_inherit</emphasis>."
 4463 msgstr ""
 4464 
 4465 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4466 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3420
 4467 msgid "Default: True (False for AD provider)"
 4468 msgstr "Par défaut : true (false pour le fournisseur AD)"
 4469 
 4470 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4471 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3426
 4472 msgid "subdomain_inherit (string)"
 4473 msgstr "subdomain_inherit (chaîne)"
 4474 
 4475 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4476 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3429
 4477 msgid ""
 4478 "Specifies a list of configuration parameters that should be inherited by a "
 4479 "subdomain. Please note that only selected parameters can be inherited.  "
 4480 "Currently the following options can be inherited:"
 4481 msgstr ""
 4482 
 4483 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4484 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3435
 4485 msgid "ignore_group_members"
 4486 msgstr "ignore_group_members"
 4487 
 4488 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4489 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3438
 4490 msgid "ldap_purge_cache_timeout"
 4491 msgstr "ldap_purge_cache_timeout"
 4492 
 4493 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4494 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3441 sssd-ldap.5.xml:390
 4495 msgid "ldap_use_tokengroups"
 4496 msgstr "ldap_use_tokengroups"
 4497 
 4498 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4499 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3444
 4500 msgid "ldap_user_principal"
 4501 msgstr "ldap_user_principal"
 4502 
 4503 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4504 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3447
 4505 msgid ""
 4506 "ldap_krb5_keytab (the value of krb5_keytab will be used if ldap_krb5_keytab "
 4507 "is not set explicitly)"
 4508 msgstr ""
 4509 
 4510 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4511 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3451
 4512 msgid "auto_private_groups"
 4513 msgstr ""
 4514 
 4515 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4516 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3454
 4517 #, fuzzy
 4518 #| msgid "Case insensitive."
 4519 msgid "case_sensitive"
 4520 msgstr "Insensible à la casse."
 4521 
 4522 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting>
 4523 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3459
 4524 #, no-wrap
 4525 msgid ""
 4526 "subdomain_inherit = ldap_purge_cache_timeout\n"
 4527 "                            "
 4528 msgstr ""
 4529 "subdomain_inherit = ldap_purge_cache_timeout\n"
 4530 "                            "
 4531 
 4532 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4533 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3466
 4534 msgid "Note: This option only works with the IPA and AD provider."
 4535 msgstr ""
 4536 
 4537 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4538 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3473
 4539 msgid "subdomain_homedir (string)"
 4540 msgstr "subdomain_homedir (string)"
 4541 
 4542 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4543 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3484
 4544 msgid "%F"
 4545 msgstr "%F"
 4546 
 4547 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4548 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3485
 4549 msgid "flat (NetBIOS) name of a subdomain."
 4550 msgstr "nom plat (NetBIOS) d'un sous-domaine."
 4551 
 4552 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4553 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3476
 4554 msgid ""
 4555 "Use this homedir as default value for all subdomains within this domain in "
 4556 "IPA AD trust.  See <emphasis>override_homedir</emphasis> for info about "
 4557 "possible values. In addition to those, the expansion below can only be used "
 4558 "with <emphasis>subdomain_homedir</emphasis>.  <placeholder type="
 4559 "\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
 4560 msgstr ""
 4561 "Utiliser ce répertoire utilisateur comme valeur par défaut pour tous les "
 4562 "sous-domaines dans cette relation d'approbation Active Directory. Voir "
 4563 "<emphasis>override_homedir</emphasis> pour des informations sur les valeurs "
 4564 "possibles. En plus de celles-ci, le remplacement ci-dessous ne peut être "
 4565 "utilisé qu'avec <emphasis>subdomain_homedir</emphasis>.  <placeholder type="
 4566 "\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
 4567 
 4568 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4569 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3490
 4570 msgid ""
 4571 "The value can be overridden by <emphasis>override_homedir</emphasis> option."
 4572 msgstr ""
 4573 "La valeur peut être surchargée par l'option <emphasis>override_homedir</"
 4574 "emphasis>."
 4575 
 4576 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4577 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3494
 4578 msgid "Default: <filename>/home/%d/%u</filename>"
 4579 msgstr "Par défaut : <filename>/home/%d/%u</filename>"
 4580 
 4581 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4582 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3499
 4583 msgid "realmd_tags (string)"
 4584 msgstr "realmd_tags (chaîne)"
 4585 
 4586 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4587 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3502
 4588 msgid ""
 4589 "Various tags stored by the realmd configuration service for this domain."
 4590 msgstr ""
 4591 "Étiquettes diverses stockées par le service de configuration de realmd pour "
 4592 "ce domaine."
 4593 
 4594 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4595 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3508
 4596 msgid "cached_auth_timeout (int)"
 4597 msgstr ""
 4598 
 4599 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4600 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3511
 4601 msgid ""
 4602 "Specifies time in seconds since last successful online authentication for "
 4603 "which user will be authenticated using cached credentials while SSSD is in "
 4604 "the online mode. If the credentials are incorrect, SSSD falls back to online "
 4605 "authentication."
 4606 msgstr ""
 4607 
 4608 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4609 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3519
 4610 msgid ""
 4611 "This option's value is inherited by all trusted domains. At the moment it is "
 4612 "not possible to set a different value per trusted domain."
 4613 msgstr ""
 4614 
 4615 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4616 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3524
 4617 msgid "Special value 0 implies that this feature is disabled."
 4618 msgstr ""
 4619 
 4620 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4621 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3528
 4622 msgid ""
 4623 "Please note that if <quote>cached_auth_timeout</quote> is longer than "
 4624 "<quote>pam_id_timeout</quote> then the back end could be called to handle "
 4625 "<quote>initgroups.</quote>"
 4626 msgstr ""
 4627 
 4628 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4629 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3539
 4630 msgid "auto_private_groups (string)"
 4631 msgstr ""
 4632 
 4633 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4634 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3545
 4635 msgid "true"
 4636 msgstr ""
 4637 
 4638 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4639 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3548
 4640 msgid ""
 4641 "Create user's private group unconditionally from user's UID number.  The GID "
 4642 "number is ignored in this case."
 4643 msgstr ""
 4644 
 4645 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4646 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3552
 4647 msgid ""
 4648 "NOTE: Because the GID number and the user private group are inferred from "
 4649 "the UID number, it is not supported to have multiple entries with the same "
 4650 "UID or GID number with this option. In other words, enabling this option "
 4651 "enforces uniqueness across the ID space."
 4652 msgstr ""
 4653 
 4654 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4655 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3561
 4656 msgid "false"
 4657 msgstr ""
 4658 
 4659 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4660 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3564
 4661 msgid ""
 4662 "Always use the user's primary GID number. The GID number must refer to a "
 4663 "group object in the LDAP database."
 4664 msgstr ""
 4665 
 4666 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4667 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3570
 4668 msgid "hybrid"
 4669 msgstr ""
 4670 
 4671 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4672 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3573
 4673 msgid ""
 4674 "A primary group is autogenerated for user entries whose UID and GID numbers "
 4675 "have the same value and at the same time the GID number does not correspond "
 4676 "to a real group object in LDAP.  If the values are the same, but the primary "
 4677 "GID in the user entry is also used by a group object, the primary GID of the "
 4678 "user resolves to that group object."
 4679 msgstr ""
 4680 
 4681 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4682 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3586
 4683 msgid ""
 4684 "If the UID and GID of a user are different, then the GID must correspond to "
 4685 "a group entry, otherwise the GID is simply not resolvable."
 4686 msgstr ""
 4687 
 4688 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4689 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3593
 4690 msgid ""
 4691 "This feature is useful for environments that wish to stop maintaining a "
 4692 "separate group objects for the user private groups, but also wish to retain "
 4693 "the existing user private groups."
 4694 msgstr ""
 4695 
 4696 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4697 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3542
 4698 msgid ""
 4699 "This option takes any of three available values: <placeholder type="
 4700 "\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
 4701 msgstr ""
 4702 
 4703 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4704 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3605
 4705 msgid ""
 4706 "For subdomains, the default value is False for subdomains that use assigned "
 4707 "POSIX IDs and True for subdomains that use automatic ID-mapping."
 4708 msgstr ""
 4709 
 4710 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting>
 4711 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3613
 4712 #, no-wrap
 4713 msgid ""
 4714 "[domain/forest.domain/sub.domain]\n"
 4715 "auto_private_groups = false\n"
 4716 msgstr ""
 4717 
 4718 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting>
 4719 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3619
 4720 #, no-wrap
 4721 msgid ""
 4722 "[domain/forest.domain]\n"
 4723 "subdomain_inherit = auto_private_groups\n"
 4724 "auto_private_groups = false\n"
 4725 msgstr ""
 4726 
 4727 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4728 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3610
 4729 msgid ""
 4730 "The value of auto_private_groups can either be set per subdomains in a "
 4731 "subsection, for example: <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/> or "
 4732 "globally for all subdomains in the main domain section using the "
 4733 "subdomain_inherit option: <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"1\"/>"
 4734 msgstr ""
 4735 
 4736 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4737 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2233
 4738 msgid ""
 4739 "These configuration options can be present in a domain configuration "
 4740 "section, that is, in a section called <quote>[domain/<replaceable>NAME</"
 4741 "replaceable>]</quote> <placeholder type=\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
 4742 msgstr ""
 4743 "Ces options de configuration peuvent être présentes dans la section de "
 4744 "configuration du domaine, c'est-à-dire dans la section nommée <quote>[domain/"
 4745 "<replaceable>NAME</replaceable>]</quote> <placeholder type=\"variablelist\" "
 4746 "id=\"0\"/>"
 4747 
 4748 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4749 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3634
 4750 msgid "proxy_pam_target (string)"
 4751 msgstr "proxy_pam_target (chaîne)"
 4752 
 4753 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4754 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3637
 4755 msgid "The proxy target PAM proxies to."
 4756 msgstr "Le proxy cible duquel PAM devient mandataire."
 4757 
 4758 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4759 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3640
 4760 msgid ""
 4761 "Default: not set by default, you have to take an existing pam configuration "
 4762 "or create a new one and add the service name here."
 4763 msgstr ""
 4764 "Par défaut : non défini, il faut utiliser une configuration de pam existante "
 4765 "ou en créer une nouvelle et ajouter le nom de service ici."
 4766 
 4767 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4768 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3648
 4769 msgid "proxy_lib_name (string)"
 4770 msgstr "proxy_lib_name (chaîne)"
 4771 
 4772 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4773 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3651
 4774 msgid ""
 4775 "The name of the NSS library to use in proxy domains. The NSS functions "
 4776 "searched for in the library are in the form of _nss_$(libName)_$(function), "
 4777 "for example _nss_files_getpwent."
 4778 msgstr ""
 4779 "Le nom de la bibliothèque NSS à utiliser dans les domaines proxy. Les "
 4780 "recherches de fonctions NSS dans la bibliothèque sont sous la forme _nss_"
 4781 "$(libName)_$(function), par exemple _nss_files_getpwent."
 4782 
 4783 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4784 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3661
 4785 msgid "proxy_resolver_lib_name (string)"
 4786 msgstr ""
 4787 
 4788 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4789 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3664
 4790 msgid ""
 4791 "The name of the NSS library to use for hosts and networks lookups in proxy "
 4792 "domains. The NSS functions searched for in the library are in the form of "
 4793 "_nss_$(libName)_$(function), for example _nss_dns_gethostbyname2_r."
 4794 msgstr ""
 4795 
 4796 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4797 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3675
 4798 msgid "proxy_fast_alias (boolean)"
 4799 msgstr "proxy_fast_alias (boolean)"
 4800 
 4801 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4802 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3678
 4803 msgid ""
 4804 "When a user or group is looked up by name in the proxy provider, a second "
 4805 "lookup by ID is performed to \"canonicalize\" the name in case the requested "
 4806 "name was an alias. Setting this option to true would cause the SSSD to "
 4807 "perform the ID lookup from cache for performance reasons."
 4808 msgstr ""
 4809 "Quand un utilisateur ou un groupe est recherché par son nom dans le "
 4810 "fournisseur proxy, une deuxième recherche par ID est effectuée pour "
 4811 "récupérer le nom canonique, dans le cas où le nom demandé serait un alias. "
 4812 "Cette option positionnée à true active la recherche par l'ID dans le cache "
 4813 "afin d'améliorer les performances."
 4814 
 4815 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4816 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3692
 4817 msgid "proxy_max_children (integer)"
 4818 msgstr ""
 4819 
 4820 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4821 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3695
 4822 msgid ""
 4823 "This option specifies the number of pre-forked proxy children. It is useful "
 4824 "for high-load SSSD environments where sssd may run out of available child "
 4825 "slots, which would cause some issues due to the requests being queued."
 4826 msgstr ""
 4827 
 4828 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4829 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3630
 4830 msgid ""
 4831 "Options valid for proxy domains.  <placeholder type=\"variablelist\" id="
 4832 "\"0\"/>"
 4833 msgstr ""
 4834 "Options valides pour les domaines proxy. <placeholder type=\"variablelist\" "
 4835 "id=\"0\"/>"
 4836 
 4837 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
 4838 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3711
 4839 msgid "Application domains"
 4840 msgstr ""
 4841 
 4842 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 4843 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3713
 4844 msgid ""
 4845 "SSSD, with its D-Bus interface (see <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-ifp</"
 4846 "refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry>) is appealing to "
 4847 "applications as a gateway to an LDAP directory where users and groups are "
 4848 "stored. However, contrary to the traditional SSSD deployment where all users "
 4849 "and groups either have POSIX attributes or those attributes can be inferred "
 4850 "from the Windows SIDs, in many cases the users and groups in the application "
 4851 "support scenario have no POSIX attributes.  Instead of setting a "
 4852 "<quote>[domain/<replaceable>NAME</replaceable>]</quote> section, the "
 4853 "administrator can set up an <quote>[application/<replaceable>NAME</"
 4854 "replaceable>]</quote> section that internally represents a domain with type "
 4855 "<quote>application</quote> optionally inherits settings from a tradition "
 4856 "SSSD domain."
 4857 msgstr ""
 4858 
 4859 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 4860 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3733
 4861 msgid ""
 4862 "Please note that the application domain must still be explicitly enabled in "
 4863 "the <quote>domains</quote> parameter so that the lookup order between the "
 4864 "application domain and its POSIX sibling domain is set correctly."
 4865 msgstr ""
 4866 
 4867 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><title>
 4868 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3739
 4869 msgid "Application domain parameters"
 4870 msgstr ""
 4871 
 4872 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4873 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3741
 4874 msgid "inherit_from (string)"
 4875 msgstr ""
 4876 
 4877 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4878 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3744
 4879 msgid ""
 4880 "The SSSD POSIX-type domain the application domain inherits all settings "
 4881 "from. The application domain can moreover add its own settings to the "
 4882 "application settings that augment or override the <quote>sibling</quote> "
 4883 "domain settings."
 4884 msgstr ""
 4885 
 4886 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 4887 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3758
 4888 msgid ""
 4889 "The following example illustrates the use of an application domain. In this "
 4890 "setup, the POSIX domain is connected to an LDAP server and is used by the OS "
 4891 "through the NSS responder. In addition, the application domain also requests "
 4892 "the telephoneNumber attribute, stores it as the phone attribute in the cache "
 4893 "and makes the phone attribute reachable through the D-Bus interface."
 4894 msgstr ""
 4895 
 4896 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><programlisting>
 4897 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3766
 4898 #, no-wrap
 4899 msgid ""
 4900 "[sssd]\n"
 4901 "domains = appdom, posixdom\n"
 4902 "\n"
 4903 "[ifp]\n"
 4904 "user_attributes = +phone\n"
 4905 "\n"
 4906 "[domain/posixdom]\n"
 4907 "id_provider = ldap\n"
 4908 "ldap_uri = ldap://ldap.example.com\n"
 4909 "ldap_search_base = dc=example,dc=com\n"
 4910 "\n"
 4911 "[application/appdom]\n"
 4912 "inherit_from = posixdom\n"
 4913 "ldap_user_extra_attrs = phone:telephoneNumber\n"
 4914 msgstr ""
 4915 
 4916 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
 4917 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3784
 4918 msgid "The local domain section"
 4919 msgstr "La section du domaine local"
 4920 
 4921 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 4922 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3786
 4923 msgid ""
 4924 "This section contains settings for domain that stores users and groups in "
 4925 "SSSD native database, that is, a domain that uses "
 4926 "<replaceable>id_provider=local</replaceable>."
 4927 msgstr ""
 4928 "Cette section contient les paramètres pour le domaine qui stocke les "
 4929 "utilisateurs et les groupes dans la base de données native SSSD, c'est-à-"
 4930 "dire un domaine qui utilise <replaceable>id_provider=local</replaceable>."
 4931 
 4932 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4933 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3793
 4934 msgid "default_shell (string)"
 4935 msgstr "default_shell (chaîne)"
 4936 
 4937 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4938 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3796
 4939 msgid "The default shell for users created with SSSD userspace tools."
 4940 msgstr ""
 4941 "L'interpréteur de commandes par défaut pour les utilisateurs créés avec les "
 4942 "outils en espace utilisateur SSSD."
 4943 
 4944 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4945 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3800
 4946 msgid "Default: <filename>/bin/bash</filename>"
 4947 msgstr "Par défaut : <filename>/bin/bash</filename>"
 4948 
 4949 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4950 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3805
 4951 msgid "base_directory (string)"
 4952 msgstr "base_directory (chaîne)"
 4953 
 4954 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4955 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3808
 4956 msgid ""
 4957 "The tools append the login name to <replaceable>base_directory</replaceable> "
 4958 "and use that as the home directory."
 4959 msgstr ""
 4960 "Les outils ajoutent le nom d'utilisateur à <replaceable>base_directory</"
 4961 "replaceable> et l'utilisent comme dossier personnel."
 4962 
 4963 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4964 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3813
 4965 msgid "Default: <filename>/home</filename>"
 4966 msgstr "Par défaut : <filename>/home</filename>"
 4967 
 4968 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4969 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3818
 4970 msgid "create_homedir (bool)"
 4971 msgstr "create_homedir (booléen)"
 4972 
 4973 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4974 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3821
 4975 msgid ""
 4976 "Indicate if a home directory should be created by default for new users.  "
 4977 "Can be overridden on command line."
 4978 msgstr ""
 4979 "Indique si un dossier personnel doit être créé par défaut pour les nouveaux "
 4980 "utilisateurs. Peut être outrepassé par la ligne de commande."
 4981 
 4982 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4983 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3825 sssd.conf.5.xml:3837
 4984 msgid "Default: TRUE"
 4985 msgstr "Par défaut : TRUE"
 4986 
 4987 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4988 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3830
 4989 msgid "remove_homedir (bool)"
 4990 msgstr "remove_homedir (booléen)"
 4991 
 4992 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4993 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3833
 4994 msgid ""
 4995 "Indicate if a home directory should be removed by default for deleted "
 4996 "users.  Can be overridden on command line."
 4997 msgstr ""
 4998 "Indiquer si un dossier personnel doit par défaut être supprimé à la "
 4999 "suppression des utilisateurs. Peut être outrepassé par la ligne de commande."
 5000 
 5001 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5002 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3842
 5003 msgid "homedir_umask (integer)"
 5004 msgstr "homedir_umask (entier)"
 5005 
 5006 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5007 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3845
 5008 msgid ""
 5009 "Used by <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sss_useradd</refentrytitle> "
 5010 "<manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </citerefentry> to specify the default permissions "
 5011 "on a newly created home directory."
 5012 msgstr ""
 5013 "Utilisé par <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sss_useradd</refentrytitle> "
 5014 "<manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </citerefentry> pour spécifier les permissions par "
 5015 "défaut sur un répertoire personnel nouvellement créé."
 5016 
 5017 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5018 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3853
 5019 msgid "Default: 077"
 5020 msgstr "Par défaut : 077"
 5021 
 5022 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5023 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3858
 5024 msgid "skel_dir (string)"
 5025 msgstr "skel_dir (chaîne)"
 5026 
 5027 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5028 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3861
 5029 msgid ""
 5030 "The skeleton directory, which contains files and directories to be copied in "
 5031 "the user's home directory, when the home directory is created by "
 5032 "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sss_useradd</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</"
 5033 "manvolnum> </citerefentry>"
 5034 msgstr ""
 5035 "Le répertoire squelette contenant les fichiers et répertoires à copier dans "
 5036 "le répertoire personnel de l'utilisateur une fois ce répertoire créé par "
 5037 "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sss_useradd</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</"
 5038 "manvolnum> </citerefentry>"
 5039 
 5040 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5041 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3871
 5042 msgid "Default: <filename>/etc/skel</filename>"
 5043 msgstr "Par défaut : <filename>/etc/skel</filename>"
 5044 
 5045 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5046 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3876
 5047 msgid "mail_dir (string)"
 5048 msgstr "mail_dir (chaîne)"
 5049 
 5050 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5051 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3879
 5052 msgid ""
 5053 "The mail spool directory. This is needed to manipulate the mailbox when its "
 5054 "corresponding user account is modified or deleted.  If not specified, a "
 5055 "default value is used."
 5056 msgstr ""
 5057 "Le répertoire de gestion des e-mails. Nécessaire pour manipuler les boîtes e-"
 5058 "mail quand les comptes utilisateurs sont modifiés ou supprimés. Si non "
 5059 "précisé, la valeur par défaut est utilisée."
 5060 
 5061 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5062 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3886
 5063 msgid "Default: <filename>/var/mail</filename>"
 5064 msgstr "Par défaut : <filename>/var/mail</filename>"
 5065 
 5066 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5067 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3891
 5068 msgid "userdel_cmd (string)"
 5069 msgstr "userdel_cmd (chaîne)"
 5070 
 5071 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5072 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3894
 5073 msgid ""
 5074 "The command that is run after a user is removed.  The command us passed the "
 5075 "username of the user being removed as the first and only parameter. The "
 5076 "return code of the command is not taken into account."
 5077 msgstr ""
 5078 "La commande qui est exécutée quand un utilisateur est supprimé. La commande "
 5079 "a comme seul argument le nom de l'utilisateur qui doit être supprimé. Le "
 5080 "code en retour de la commande n'est pas pris en compte."
 5081 
 5082 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5083 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3900
 5084 msgid "Default: None, no command is run"
 5085 msgstr "Par défaut : None, aucune commande lancée"
 5086 
 5087 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
 5088 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3910
 5089 msgid "TRUSTED DOMAIN SECTION"
 5090 msgstr ""
 5091 
 5092 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 5093 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3912
 5094 msgid ""
 5095 "Some options used in the domain section can also be used in the trusted "
 5096 "domain section, that is, in a section called <quote>[domain/"
 5097 "<replaceable>DOMAIN_NAME</replaceable>/<replaceable>TRUSTED_DOMAIN_NAME</"
 5098 "replaceable>]</quote>.  Where DOMAIN_NAME is the actual joined-to base "
 5099 "domain. Please refer to examples below for explanation.  Currently supported "
 5100 "options in the trusted domain section are:"
 5101 msgstr ""
 5102 
 5103 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 5104 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3919
 5105 msgid "ldap_search_base,"
 5106 msgstr ""
 5107 
 5108 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 5109 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3920
 5110 msgid "ldap_user_search_base,"
 5111 msgstr ""
 5112 
 5113 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 5114 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3921
 5115 msgid "ldap_group_search_base,"
 5116 msgstr ""
 5117 
 5118 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 5119 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3922
 5120 msgid "ldap_netgroup_search_base,"
 5121 msgstr ""
 5122 
 5123 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 5124 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3923
 5125 msgid "ldap_service_search_base,"
 5126 msgstr ""
 5127 
 5128 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 5129 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3924
 5130 msgid "ldap_sasl_mech,"
 5131 msgstr ""
 5132 
 5133 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 5134 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3925
 5135 msgid "ad_server,"
 5136 msgstr ""
 5137 
 5138 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 5139 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3926
 5140 msgid "ad_backup_server,"
 5141 msgstr ""
 5142 
 5143 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 5144 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3927
 5145 msgid "ad_site,"
 5146 msgstr ""
 5147 
 5148 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 5149 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3928 sssd-ipa.5.xml:811
 5150 msgid "use_fully_qualified_names"
 5151 msgstr ""
 5152 
 5153 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 5154 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3932
 5155 msgid ""
 5156 "For more details about these options see their individual description in the "
 5157 "manual page."
 5158 msgstr ""
 5159 
 5160 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
 5161 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3938
 5162 msgid "CERTIFICATE MAPPING SECTION"
 5163 msgstr ""
 5164 
 5165 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 5166 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3940
 5167 msgid ""
 5168 "To allow authentication with Smartcards and certificates SSSD must be able "
 5169 "to map certificates to users. This can be done by adding the full "
 5170 "certificate to the LDAP object of the user or to a local override. While "
 5171 "using the full certificate is required to use the Smartcard authentication "
 5172 "feature of SSH (see <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sss_ssh_authorizedkeys</"
 5173 "refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </citerefentry> for details) it "
 5174 "might be cumbersome or not even possible to do this for the general case "
 5175 "where local services use PAM for authentication."
 5176 msgstr ""
 5177 
 5178 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 5179 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3954
 5180 msgid ""
 5181 "To make the mapping more flexible mapping and matching rules were added to "
 5182 "SSSD (see <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sss-certmap</refentrytitle> "
 5183 "<manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry> for details)."
 5184 msgstr ""
 5185 
 5186 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 5187 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3963
 5188 msgid ""
 5189 "A mapping and matching rule can be added to the SSSD configuration in a "
 5190 "section on its own with a name like <quote>[certmap/"
 5191 "<replaceable>DOMAIN_NAME</replaceable>/<replaceable>RULE_NAME</"
 5192 "replaceable>]</quote>.  In this section the following options are allowed:"
 5193 msgstr ""
 5194 
 5195 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5196 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3970
 5197 msgid "matchrule (string)"
 5198 msgstr ""
 5199 
 5200 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5201 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3973
 5202 msgid ""
 5203 "Only certificates from the Smartcard which matches this rule will be "
 5204 "processed, all others are ignored."
 5205 msgstr ""
 5206 
 5207 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5208 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3977
 5209 msgid ""
 5210 "Default: KRB5:&lt;EKU&gt;clientAuth, i.e. only certificates which have the "
 5211 "Extended Key Usage <quote>clientAuth</quote>"
 5212 msgstr ""
 5213 
 5214 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5215 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3984
 5216 msgid "maprule (string)"
 5217 msgstr ""
 5218 
 5219 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5220 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3987
 5221 msgid "Defines how the user is found for a given certificate."
 5222 msgstr ""
 5223 
 5224 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 5225 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3993
 5226 msgid ""
 5227 "LDAP:(userCertificate;binary={cert!bin})  for LDAP based providers like "
 5228 "<quote>ldap</quote>, <quote>AD</quote> or <quote>ipa</quote>."
 5229 msgstr ""
 5230 
 5231 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 5232 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3999
 5233 msgid ""
 5234 "The RULE_NAME for the <quote>files</quote> provider which tries to find a "
 5235 "user with the same name."
 5236 msgstr ""
 5237 
 5238 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5239 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4008
 5240 msgid "domains (string)"
 5241 msgstr ""
 5242 
 5243 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5244 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4011
 5245 msgid ""
 5246 "Comma separated list of domain names the rule should be applied. By default "
 5247 "a rule is only valid in the domain configured in sssd.conf. If the provider "
 5248 "supports subdomains this option can be used to add the rule to subdomains as "
 5249 "well."
 5250 msgstr ""
 5251 
 5252 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5253 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4018
 5254 msgid "Default: the configured domain in sssd.conf"
 5255 msgstr ""
 5256 
 5257 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5258 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4023
 5259 msgid "priority (integer)"
 5260 msgstr ""
 5261 
 5262 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5263 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4026
 5264 msgid ""
 5265 "Unsigned integer value defining the priority of the rule. The higher the "
 5266 "number the lower the priority.  <quote>0</quote> stands for the highest "
 5267 "priority while <quote>4294967295</quote> is the lowest."
 5268 msgstr ""
 5269 
 5270 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5271 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4032
 5272 msgid "Default: the lowest priority"
 5273 msgstr ""
 5274 
 5275 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 5276 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4038
 5277 msgid ""
 5278 "To make the configuration simple and reduce the amount of configuration "
 5279 "options the <quote>files</quote> provider has some special properties:"
 5280 msgstr ""
 5281 
 5282 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 5283 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4044
 5284 msgid ""
 5285 "if maprule is not set the RULE_NAME name is assumed to be the name of the "
 5286 "matching user"
 5287 msgstr ""
 5288 
 5289 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 5290 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4050
 5291 msgid ""
 5292 "if a maprule is used both a single user name or a template like "
 5293 "<quote>{subject_rfc822_name.short_name}</quote> must be in braces like e.g. "
 5294 "<quote>(username)</quote> or <quote>({subject_rfc822_name.short_name})</"
 5295 "quote>"
 5296 msgstr ""
 5297 
 5298 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 5299 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4059
 5300 msgid "the <quote>domains</quote> option is ignored"
 5301 msgstr ""
 5302 
 5303 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
 5304 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4067
 5305 msgid "PROMPTING CONFIGURATION SECTION"
 5306 msgstr ""
 5307 
 5308 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 5309 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4069
 5310 msgid ""
 5311 "If a special file (<filename>/var/lib/sss/pubconf/pam_preauth_available</"
 5312 "filename>)  exists SSSD's PAM module pam_sss will ask SSSD to figure out "
 5313 "which authentication methods are available for the user trying to log in.  "
 5314 "Based on the results pam_sss will prompt the user for appropriate "
 5315 "credentials."
 5316 msgstr ""
 5317 
 5318 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 5319 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4077
 5320 msgid ""
 5321 "With the growing number of authentication methods and the possibility that "
 5322 "there are multiple ones for a single user the heuristic used by pam_sss to "
 5323 "select the prompting might not be suitable for all use cases. The following "
 5324 "options should provide a better flexibility here."
 5325 msgstr ""
 5326 
 5327 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5328 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4089
 5329 msgid "[prompting/password]"
 5330 msgstr ""
 5331 
 5332 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5333 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4092
 5334 msgid "password_prompt"
 5335 msgstr ""
 5336 
 5337 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5338 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4093
 5339 msgid "to change the string of the password prompt"
 5340 msgstr ""
 5341 
 5342 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5343 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4091
 5344 msgid ""
 5345 "to configure password prompting, allowed options are: <placeholder type="
 5346 "\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
 5347 msgstr ""
 5348 
 5349 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5350 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4101
 5351 msgid "[prompting/2fa]"
 5352 msgstr ""
 5353 
 5354 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5355 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4105
 5356 msgid "first_prompt"
 5357 msgstr ""
 5358 
 5359 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5360 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4106
 5361 msgid "to change the string of the prompt for the first factor"
 5362 msgstr ""
 5363 
 5364 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5365 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4109
 5366 msgid "second_prompt"
 5367 msgstr ""
 5368 
 5369 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5370 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4110
 5371 msgid "to change the string of the prompt for the second factor"
 5372 msgstr ""
 5373 
 5374 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5375 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4113
 5376 msgid "single_prompt"
 5377 msgstr ""
 5378 
 5379 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5380 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4114
 5381 msgid ""
 5382 "boolean value, if True there will be only a single prompt using the value of "
 5383 "first_prompt where it is expected that both factors are entered as a single "
 5384 "string"
 5385 msgstr ""
 5386 
 5387 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5388 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4103
 5389 msgid ""
 5390 "to configure two-factor authentication prompting, allowed options are: "
 5391 "<placeholder type=\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
 5392 msgstr ""
 5393 
 5394 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 5395 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4084
 5396 msgid ""
 5397 "Each supported authentication method has its own configuration subsection "
 5398 "under <quote>[prompting/...]</quote>. Currently there are: <placeholder type="
 5399 "\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"variablelist\" id=\"1\"/>"
 5400 msgstr ""
 5401 
 5402 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 5403 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4126
 5404 msgid ""
 5405 "It is possible to add a subsection for specific PAM services, e.g. "
 5406 "<quote>[prompting/password/sshd]</quote> to individual change the prompting "
 5407 "for this service."
 5408 msgstr ""
 5409 
 5410 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
 5411 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4133 pam_sss_gss.8.xml:157 idmap_sss.8.xml:43
 5412 msgid "EXAMPLES"
 5413 msgstr ""
 5414 
 5415 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><programlisting>
 5416 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4139
 5417 #, no-wrap
 5418 msgid ""
 5419 "[sssd]\n"
 5420 "domains = LDAP\n"
 5421 "services = nss, pam\n"
 5422 "config_file_version = 2\n"
 5423 "\n"
 5424 "[nss]\n"
 5425 "filter_groups = root\n"
 5426 "filter_users = root\n"
 5427 "\n"
 5428 "[pam]\n"
 5429 "\n"
 5430 "[domain/LDAP]\n"
 5431 "id_provider = ldap\n"
 5432 "ldap_uri = ldap://ldap.example.com\n"
 5433 "ldap_search_base = dc=example,dc=com\n"
 5434 "\n"
 5435 "auth_provider = krb5\n"
 5436 "krb5_server = kerberos.example.com\n"
 5437 "krb5_realm = EXAMPLE.COM\n"
 5438 "cache_credentials = true\n"
 5439 "\n"
 5440 "min_id = 10000\n"
 5441 "max_id = 20000\n"
 5442 "enumerate = False\n"
 5443 msgstr ""
 5444 "[sssd]\n"
 5445 "domains = LDAP\n"
 5446 "services = nss, pam\n"
 5447 "config_file_version = 2\n"
 5448 "\n"
 5449 "[nss]\n"
 5450 "filter_groups = root\n"
 5451 "filter_users = root\n"
 5452 "\n"
 5453 "[pam]\n"
 5454 "\n"
 5455 "[domain/LDAP]\n"
 5456 "id_provider = ldap\n"
 5457 "ldap_uri = ldap://ldap.example.com\n"
 5458 "ldap_search_base = dc=example,dc=com\n"
 5459 "\n"
 5460 "auth_provider = krb5\n"
 5461 "krb5_server = kerberos.example.com\n"
 5462 "krb5_realm = EXAMPLE.COM\n"
 5463 "cache_credentials = true\n"
 5464 "\n"
 5465 "min_id = 10000\n"
 5466 "max_id = 20000\n"
 5467 "enumerate = False\n"
 5468 
 5469 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 5470 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4135
 5471 msgid ""
 5472 "1. The following example shows a typical SSSD config. It does not describe "
 5473 "configuration of the domains themselves - refer to documentation on "
 5474 "configuring domains for more details.  <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" "
 5475 "id=\"0\"/>"
 5476 msgstr ""
 5477 
 5478 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><programlisting>
 5479 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4172
 5480 #, no-wrap
 5481 msgid ""
 5482 "[domain/ipa.com/child.ad.com]\n"
 5483 "use_fully_qualified_names = false\n"
 5484 msgstr ""
 5485 
 5486 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 5487 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4166
 5488 msgid ""
 5489 "2. The following example shows configuration of IPA AD trust where the AD "
 5490 "forest consists of two domains in a parent-child structure.  Suppose IPA "
 5491 "domain (ipa.com) has trust with AD domain(ad.com).  ad.com has child domain "
 5492 "(child.ad.com). To enable shortnames in the child domain the following "
 5493 "configuration should be used.  <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/"
 5494 ">"
 5495 msgstr ""
 5496 
 5497 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><programlisting>
 5498 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4186
 5499 #, no-wrap
 5500 msgid ""
 5501 "[certmap/my.domain/rule_name]\n"
 5502 "matchrule = &lt;ISSUER&gt;^CN=My-CA,DC=MY,DC=DOMAIN$\n"
 5503 "maprule = (userCertificate;binary={cert!bin})\n"
 5504 "domains = my.domain, your.domain\n"
 5505 "priority = 10\n"
 5506 "\n"
 5507 "[certmap/files/myname]\n"
 5508 "matchrule = &lt;ISSUER&gt;^CN=My-CA,DC=MY,DC=DOMAIN$&lt;SUBJECT&gt;^CN=User.Name,DC=MY,DC=DOMAIN$\n"
 5509 msgstr ""
 5510 
 5511 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 5512 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4177
 5513 msgid ""
 5514 "3. The following example shows the configuration for two certificate mapping "
 5515 "rules. The first is valid for the configured domain <quote>my.domain</quote> "
 5516 "and additionally for the subdomains <quote>your.domain</quote> and uses the "
 5517 "full certificate in the search filter. The second example is valid for the "
 5518 "domain <quote>files</quote> where it is assumed the files provider is used "
 5519 "for this domain and contains a matching rule for the local user "
 5520 "<quote>myname</quote>.  <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
 5521 msgstr ""
 5522 
 5523 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refname>
 5524 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:10 sssd-ldap.5.xml:16
 5525 msgid "sssd-ldap"
 5526 msgstr "sssd-ldap"
 5527 
 5528 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
 5529 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:17
 5530 msgid "SSSD LDAP provider"
 5531 msgstr "Fournisseur LDAP SSSD"
 5532 
 5533 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 5534 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:23
 5535 msgid ""
 5536 "This manual page describes the configuration of LDAP domains for "
 5537 "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</manvolnum> "
 5538 "</citerefentry>.  Refer to the <quote>FILE FORMAT</quote> section of the "
 5539 "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd.conf</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
 5540 "manvolnum> </citerefentry> manual page for detailed syntax information."
 5541 msgstr ""
 5542 "Ce manuel décrit la configuration des domaines LDAP pour <citerefentry> "
 5543 "<refentrytitle>sssd</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </"
 5544 "citerefentry>. Se référer à la section <quote>FILE FORMAT</quote> du manuel "
 5545 "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd.conf</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
 5546 "manvolnum> </citerefentry> pour des informations sur la syntaxe détaillée."
 5547 
 5548 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 5549 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:35
 5550 msgid "You can configure SSSD to use more than one LDAP domain."
 5551 msgstr ""
 5552 "Il est possible de configurer SSSD pour utiliser plus d'un domaine LDAP."
 5553 
 5554 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 5555 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:38
 5556 msgid ""
 5557 "LDAP back end supports id, auth, access and chpass providers. If you want to "
 5558 "authenticate against an LDAP server either TLS/SSL or LDAPS is required. "
 5559 "<command>sssd</command> <emphasis>does not</emphasis> support authentication "
 5560 "over an unencrypted channel.  If the LDAP server is used only as an identity "
 5561 "provider, an encrypted channel is not needed. Please refer to "
 5562 "<quote>ldap_access_filter</quote> config option for more information about "
 5563 "using LDAP as an access provider."
 5564 msgstr ""
 5565 "Le moteur de traitement LDAP prend en charge les fournisseurs id, auth, "
 5566 "access et chpass. Si vous voulez vous authentifier sur un serveur LDAP, il "
 5567 "vous faut utiliser TLS/SSL ou LDAPS. <command>sssd</command> <emphasis>ne "
 5568 "prend pas en charge</emphasis> l'authentification sur un canal non chiffré. "
 5569 "Si le serveur LDAP est utilisé seulement comme fournisseur d'identité, un "
 5570 "canal crypté n'est pas nécessaire. Se référer aux options de configurations "
 5571 "<quote>ldap_access_filter</quote> pour plus d'information sur l'utilisation "
 5572 "en tant que fournisseur d'accès."
 5573 
 5574 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
 5575 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:49 sssd-simple.5.xml:69 sssd-ipa.5.xml:81 sssd-ad.5.xml:115
 5576 #: sssd-krb5.5.xml:63 sssd-ifp.5.xml:44 sssd-files.5.xml:78
 5577 #: sssd-secrets.5.xml:120 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:58 sssd-kcm.8.xml:166
 5578 msgid "CONFIGURATION OPTIONS"
 5579 msgstr "OPTIONS DE CONFIGURATION"
 5580 
 5581 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5582 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:66
 5583 msgid "ldap_uri, ldap_backup_uri (string)"
 5584 msgstr "ldap_uri, ldap_backup_uri (string)"
 5585 
 5586 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5587 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:69
 5588 msgid ""
 5589 "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD "
 5590 "should connect in the order of preference. Refer to the <quote>FAILOVER</"
 5591 "quote> section for more information on failover and server redundancy.  If "
 5592 "neither option is specified, service discovery is enabled. For more "
 5593 "information, refer to the <quote>SERVICE DISCOVERY</quote> section."
 5594 msgstr ""
 5595 "Spécifie par ordre de préférence la liste séparée par des virgules d'URI des "
 5596 "serveurs LDAP auquel doit se connecter SSSD. Se reporter à la section de "
 5597 "<quote>BASCULE</quote> pour plus d'informations sur le repli et la "
 5598 "redondance de serveurs.  Si aucune de ces options n'est spécifiée, la "
 5599 "découverte d'un service est activé. Pour plus d'informations, se reporter à "
 5600 "la section de <quote>DÉCOUVERTE DE SERVICE</quote>."
 5601 
 5602 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5603 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:76 sssd-secrets.5.xml:264
 5604 msgid "The format of the URI must match the format defined in RFC 2732:"
 5605 msgstr ""
 5606 "Le format de l'URI doit correspondre au format définit dans la RFC 2732 :"
 5607 
 5608 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5609 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:79
 5610 msgid "ldap[s]://&lt;host&gt;[:port]"
 5611 msgstr "ldap[s]://&lt;host&gt;[:port]"
 5612 
 5613 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5614 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:82
 5615 msgid ""
 5616 "For explicit IPv6 addresses, &lt;host&gt; must be enclosed in brackets []"
 5617 msgstr ""
 5618 "Pour les adresses explicitement en IPv6, le composant &lt;host&gt; doit être "
 5619 "entre crochets []"
 5620 
 5621 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5622 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:85
 5623 msgid "example: ldap://[fc00::126:25]:389"
 5624 msgstr "exemple : ldap://[fc00::126:25]:389"
 5625 
 5626 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5627 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:91
 5628 msgid "ldap_chpass_uri, ldap_chpass_backup_uri (string)"
 5629 msgstr "ldap_chpass_uri, ldap_chpass_backup_uri (string)"
 5630 
 5631 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5632 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:94
 5633 msgid ""
 5634 "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD "
 5635 "should connect in the order of preference to change the password of a user. "
 5636 "Refer to the <quote>FAILOVER</quote> section for more information on "
 5637 "failover and server redundancy."
 5638 msgstr ""
 5639 "Spécifie la liste d'URI séparée par des virgules des serveurs LDAP auquel "
 5640 "doit se connecter DSSD par ordre de préférence pour changer le mot de passe "
 5641 "d'un utilisateur. Reportez-vous à la section de <quote>bascule</quote> pour "
 5642 "plus d'informations sur le repli et la redondance de serveurs."
 5643 
 5644 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5645 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:101
 5646 msgid "To enable service discovery ldap_chpass_dns_service_name must be set."
 5647 msgstr ""
 5648 "Pour activer la découverte de services, ldap_chpass_dns_service_name doit "
 5649 "être défini."
 5650 
 5651 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5652 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:105
 5653 msgid "Default: empty, i.e. ldap_uri is used."
 5654 msgstr "Par défaut : vide, ldap_uri est donc utilisé."
 5655 
 5656 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5657 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:111
 5658 msgid "ldap_search_base (string)"
 5659 msgstr "ldap_search_base (chaîne)"
 5660 
 5661 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5662 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:114
 5663 msgid "The default base DN to use for performing LDAP user operations."
 5664 msgstr ""
 5665 "Le DN de base par défaut à utiliser pour effectuer les opérations LDAP sur "
 5666 "les utilisateurs."
 5667 
 5668 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5669 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:118
 5670 msgid ""
 5671 "Starting with SSSD 1.7.0, SSSD supports multiple search bases using the "
 5672 "syntax:"
 5673 msgstr ""
 5674 "À partir de SSSD 1.7.0, SSSD prend en charge plusieurs bases de recherche à "
 5675 "l'aide de la syntaxe :"
 5676 
 5677 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5678 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:122
 5679 msgid "search_base[?scope?[filter][?search_base?scope?[filter]]*]"
 5680 msgstr "search_base[?scope?[filter][?search_base?scope?[filter]]*]"
 5681 
 5682 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5683 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:125
 5684 msgid "The scope can be one of \"base\", \"onelevel\" or \"subtree\"."
 5685 msgstr "La portée peut être l'une des « base »,  « onelevel » ou « subtree »."
 5686 
 5687 #. type: Content of: <listitem><para>
 5688 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:128 include/ldap_search_bases.xml:18
 5689 msgid ""
 5690 "The filter must be a valid LDAP search filter as specified by http://www."
 5691 "ietf.org/rfc/rfc2254.txt"
 5692 msgstr ""
 5693 "Le filtre doit être un filtre de recherche LDAP valide tel que spécifié par "
 5694 "http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc2254.txt"
 5695 
 5696 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5697 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:132 sssd-ad.5.xml:288 sss_override.8.xml:143
 5698 #: sss_override.8.xml:240 sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:453
 5699 msgid "Examples:"
 5700 msgstr "Exemples :"
 5701 
 5702 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5703 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:135
 5704 msgid ""
 5705 "ldap_search_base = dc=example,dc=com (which is equivalent to)  "
 5706 "ldap_search_base = dc=example,dc=com?subtree?"
 5707 msgstr ""
 5708 "ldap_search_base = dc=example,dc=com (ce qui équivaut à) ldap_search_base = "
 5709 "dc=example,dc=com?subtree?"
 5710 
 5711 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5712 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:140
 5713 msgid ""
 5714 "ldap_search_base = cn=host_specific,dc=example,dc=com?subtree?"
 5715 "(host=thishost)?dc=example.com?subtree?"
 5716 msgstr ""
 5717 "ldap_search_base = cn=host_specific,dc=example,dc=com?subtree?"
 5718 "(host=thishost)?dc=example.com?subtree?"
 5719 
 5720 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5721 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:143
 5722 msgid ""
 5723 "Note: It is unsupported to have multiple search bases which reference "
 5724 "identically-named objects (for example, groups with the same name in two "
 5725 "different search bases). This will lead to unpredictable behavior on client "
 5726 "machines."
 5727 msgstr ""
 5728 "Remarque : Il est n'est pas possible d'avoir plusieurs bases de recherche "
 5729 "qui référencent des objets portant le même nom (par exemple, les groupes "
 5730 "portant le même nom dans deux bases de recherche différents). Cela conduira "
 5731 "à un comportement imprévisible sur les ordinateurs clients."
 5732 
 5733 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5734 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:150
 5735 msgid ""
 5736 "Default: If not set, the value of the defaultNamingContext or namingContexts "
 5737 "attribute from the RootDSE of the LDAP server is used. If "
 5738 "defaultNamingContext does not exist or has an empty value namingContexts is "
 5739 "used.  The namingContexts attribute must have a single value with the DN of "
 5740 "the search base of the LDAP server to make this work. Multiple values are "
 5741 "are not supported."
 5742 msgstr ""
 5743 "Par défaut : si non définie, les valeurs des attributs defaultNamingContext "
 5744 "ou namingContexts du RootDSE du serveur LDAP sont utilisées. Si "
 5745 "defaultNamingContext n'existe pas ou a une valeur vide, namingContexts est "
 5746 "utilisé. Les attributs namingContexts doivent avoir une seule valeur avec un "
 5747 "DN de base de recherche pour le serveur LDAP pour que cela fonctionne. Des "
 5748 "valeurs multiples ne sont pas permises."
 5749 
 5750 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5751 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:164
 5752 msgid "ldap_schema (string)"
 5753 msgstr "ldap_schema (chaîne)"
 5754 
 5755 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5756 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:167
 5757 msgid ""
 5758 "Specifies the Schema Type in use on the target LDAP server.  Depending on "
 5759 "the selected schema, the default attribute names retrieved from the servers "
 5760 "may vary.  The way that some attributes are handled may also differ."
 5761 msgstr ""
 5762 "Spécifie le type de schéma utilisé sur le serveur LDAP cible.  Selon le "
 5763 "schéma sélectionné, les noms d'attributs par défaut provenant des serveurs "
 5764 "peuvent varier.  La manière dont certains attributs sont traités peut-être "
 5765 "également différer."
 5766 
 5767 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5768 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:174
 5769 msgid "Four schema types are currently supported:"
 5770 msgstr "Quatre types de schéma sont actuellement pris en charge :"
 5771 
 5772 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 5773 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:178
 5774 msgid "rfc2307"
 5775 msgstr "rfc2307"
 5776 
 5777 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 5778 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:183
 5779 msgid "rfc2307bis"
 5780 msgstr "rfc2307bis"
 5781 
 5782 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 5783 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:188
 5784 msgid "IPA"
 5785 msgstr "IPA"
 5786 
 5787 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 5788 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:193
 5789 msgid "AD"
 5790 msgstr "AD"
 5791 
 5792 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5793 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:199
 5794 msgid ""
 5795 "The main difference between these schema types is how group memberships are "
 5796 "recorded in the server.  With rfc2307, group members are listed by name in "
 5797 "the <emphasis>memberUid</emphasis> attribute.  With rfc2307bis and IPA, "
 5798 "group members are listed by DN and stored in the <emphasis>member</emphasis> "
 5799 "attribute.  The AD schema type sets the attributes to correspond with Active "
 5800 "Directory 2008r2 values."
 5801 msgstr ""
 5802 "La principale différence entre ces types de schéma est la façon dont les "
 5803 "appartenances aux groupes sont enregistrés dans le serveur.  Avec rfc2307, "
 5804 "les membres du groupe sont répertoriées par nom dans l'attribut "
 5805 "<emphasis>memberUid</emphasis>.  Avec rfc2307bis et IPA, les membres du "
 5806 "groupe sont répertoriés par DN et stockées dans l'attribut de "
 5807 "<emphasis>member</emphasis>.  Le type de schéma AD définit les attributs "
 5808 "correspondant aux valeurs  d'Active Directory 2008r2."
 5809 
 5810 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5811 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:209
 5812 msgid "Default: rfc2307"
 5813 msgstr "Par défaut : rfc2307"
 5814 
 5815 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5816 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:215
 5817 msgid "ldap_pwmodify_mode (string)"
 5818 msgstr ""
 5819 
 5820 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5821 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:218
 5822 msgid "Specify the operation that is used to modify user password."
 5823 msgstr ""
 5824 
 5825 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5826 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:222
 5827 msgid "Two modes are currently supported:"
 5828 msgstr ""
 5829 
 5830 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 5831 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:226
 5832 msgid "exop - Password Modify Extended Operation (RFC 3062)"
 5833 msgstr ""
 5834 
 5835 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 5836 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:232
 5837 msgid "ldap_modify - Direct modification of userPassword (not recommended)."
 5838 msgstr ""
 5839 
 5840 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5841 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:239
 5842 msgid ""
 5843 "Note: First, a new connection is established to verify current password by "
 5844 "binding as the user that requested password change. If successful, this "
 5845 "connection is used to change the password therefore the user must have write "
 5846 "access to userPassword attribute."
 5847 msgstr ""
 5848 
 5849 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5850 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:247
 5851 msgid "Default: exop"
 5852 msgstr ""
 5853 
 5854 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5855 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:253
 5856 msgid "ldap_default_bind_dn (string)"
 5857 msgstr "ldap_default_bind_dn (chaîne)"
 5858 
 5859 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5860 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:256
 5861 msgid "The default bind DN to use for performing LDAP operations."
 5862 msgstr ""
 5863 "Le DN de connexion par défaut à utiliser pour effectuer les opérations LDAP."
 5864 
 5865 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5866 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:263
 5867 msgid "ldap_default_authtok_type (string)"
 5868 msgstr "ldap_default_authtok_type (chaîne)"
 5869 
 5870 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5871 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:266
 5872 msgid "The type of the authentication token of the default bind DN."
 5873 msgstr ""
 5874 "Le type de jeton d'authentification pour le DN de connexion par défaut."
 5875 
 5876 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5877 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:270
 5878 msgid "The two mechanisms currently supported are:"
 5879 msgstr "Les deux mécanismes actuellement pris en charge sont :"
 5880 
 5881 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5882 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:273
 5883 msgid "password"
 5884 msgstr "password"
 5885 
 5886 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5887 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:276
 5888 msgid "obfuscated_password"
 5889 msgstr "obfuscated_password"
 5890 
 5891 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5892 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:279
 5893 msgid "Default: password"
 5894 msgstr "Par défaut : password"
 5895 
 5896 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5897 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:282
 5898 msgid ""
 5899 "See the <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sss_obfuscate</refentrytitle> "
 5900 "<manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </citerefentry> manual page for more information."
 5901 msgstr ""
 5902 
 5903 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5904 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:293
 5905 msgid "ldap_default_authtok (string)"
 5906 msgstr "ldap_default_authtok (chaîne)"
 5907 
 5908 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5909 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:296
 5910 msgid "The authentication token of the default bind DN."
 5911 msgstr ""
 5912 
 5913 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5914 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:302
 5915 msgid "ldap_force_upper_case_realm (boolean)"
 5916 msgstr "ldap_force_upper_case_realm (booléen)"
 5917 
 5918 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5919 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:305
 5920 msgid ""
 5921 "Some directory servers, for example Active Directory, might deliver the "
 5922 "realm part of the UPN in lower case, which might cause the authentication to "
 5923 "fail. Set this option to a non-zero value if you want to use an upper-case "
 5924 "realm."
 5925 msgstr ""
 5926 "Certains serveurs d'annuaire, comme par exemple Active Directory, peuvent "
 5927 "délivrer la partie domaine de l'UPN en minuscules, ce qui peut faire échouer "
 5928 "l'authentification. Définir cette option à une valeur non nulle pour "
 5929 "utiliser un nom de domaine en majuscules."
 5930 
 5931 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5932 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:318
 5933 msgid "ldap_enumeration_refresh_timeout (integer)"
 5934 msgstr "ldap_enumeration_refresh_timeout (entier)"
 5935 
 5936 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5937 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:321
 5938 msgid ""
 5939 "Specifies how many seconds SSSD has to wait before refreshing its cache of "
 5940 "enumerated records."
 5941 msgstr ""
 5942 "Spécifie la durée en secondes pendant laquelle SSSD doit attendre avant "
 5943 "d'actualiser son cache d\"énumération d'enregistrements."
 5944 
 5945 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5946 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:332
 5947 msgid "ldap_purge_cache_timeout (integer)"
 5948 msgstr "ldap_purge_cache_timeout (entier)"
 5949 
 5950 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5951 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:335
 5952 msgid ""
 5953 "Determine how often to check the cache for inactive entries (such as groups "
 5954 "with no members and users who have never logged in) and remove them to save "
 5955 "space."
 5956 msgstr ""
 5957 "Détermine la fréquence de vérification de la présence d'entrées inactives "
 5958 "dans le cache (telles que groupes sans membres et utilisateurs ne s'étant "
 5959 "jamais connectés) et de suppression pour économiser de l'espace."
 5960 
 5961 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5962 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:341
 5963 msgid ""
 5964 "Setting this option to zero will disable the cache cleanup operation. Please "
 5965 "note that if enumeration is enabled, the cleanup task is required in order "
 5966 "to detect entries removed from the server and can't be disabled. By default, "
 5967 "the cleanup task will run every 3 hours with enumeration enabled."
 5968 msgstr ""
 5969 
 5970 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5971 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:356
 5972 msgid "ldap_group_nesting_level (integer)"
 5973 msgstr "ldap_group_nesting_level (entier)"
 5974 
 5975 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5976 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:359
 5977 msgid ""
 5978 "If ldap_schema is set to a schema format that supports nested groups (e.g. "
 5979 "RFC2307bis), then this option controls how many levels of nesting SSSD will "
 5980 "follow. This option has no effect on the RFC2307 schema."
 5981 msgstr ""
 5982 "Si ldap_schema est défini comme un format prenant en charge les groupes "
 5983 "imbriqués (par exemple RFC2307bis), alors cette option contrôle le nombre de "
 5984 "niveaux d'imbrication que SSSD suivra. Cette option n'a pas d'effet sur le "
 5985 "schéma RFC2307."
 5986 
 5987 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5988 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:366
 5989 msgid ""
 5990 "Note: This option specifies the guaranteed level of nested groups to be "
 5991 "processed for any lookup. However, nested groups beyond this limit "
 5992 "<emphasis>may be</emphasis> returned if previous lookups already resolved "
 5993 "the deeper nesting levels.  Also, subsequent lookups for other groups may "
 5994 "enlarge the result set for original lookup if re-queried."
 5995 msgstr ""
 5996 
 5997 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5998 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:375
 5999 msgid ""
 6000 "If ldap_group_nesting_level is set to 0 then no nested groups are processed "
 6001 "at all. However, when connected to Active-Directory Server 2008 and later "
 6002 "using <quote>id_provider=ad</quote> it is furthermore required to disable "
 6003 "usage of Token-Groups by setting ldap_use_tokengroups to false in order to "
 6004 "restrict group nesting."
 6005 msgstr ""
 6006 
 6007 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6008 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:384
 6009 msgid "Default: 2"
 6010 msgstr "Par défaut : 2"
 6011 
 6012 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6013 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:393
 6014 msgid ""
 6015 "This options enables or disables use of Token-Groups attribute when "
 6016 "performing initgroup for users from Active Directory Server 2008 and later."
 6017 msgstr ""
 6018 "Cette option active ou désactive l'utilisation de l'attribut Token-Groups "
 6019 "lors de l'initialisation des groupes pour les utilisateurs Active Directory "
 6020 "2008 et versions ultérieures."
 6021 
 6022 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6023 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:398
 6024 msgid "Default: True for AD and IPA otherwise False."
 6025 msgstr ""
 6026 
 6027 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 6028 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:404
 6029 msgid "ldap_host_search_base (string)"
 6030 msgstr ""
 6031 
 6032 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6033 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:407
 6034 msgid "Optional. Use the given string as search base for host objects."
 6035 msgstr ""
 6036 "Facultatif. Utiliser la chaîne donnée comme base de recherche pour héberger "
 6037 "des objets."
 6038 
 6039 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6040 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:411 sssd-ipa.5.xml:389 sssd-ipa.5.xml:408 sssd-ipa.5.xml:427
 6041 #: sssd-ipa.5.xml:446
 6042 msgid ""
 6043 "See <quote>ldap_search_base</quote> for information about configuring "
 6044 "multiple search bases."
 6045 msgstr ""
 6046 "Cf. <quote>ldap_search_base</quote> pour plus d'informations sur la "
 6047 "configuration des bases de recherche multiples."
 6048 
 6049 #. type: Content of: <listitem><para>
 6050 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:416 sssd-ipa.5.xml:394 include/ldap_search_bases.xml:27
 6051 msgid "Default: the value of <emphasis>ldap_search_base</emphasis>"
 6052 msgstr "Par défaut : la valeur de <emphasis>ldap_search_base</emphasis>"
 6053 
 6054 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 6055 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:423
 6056 msgid "ldap_service_search_base (string)"
 6057 msgstr "ldap_service_search_base (string)"
 6058 
 6059 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 6060 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:428
 6061 msgid "ldap_iphost_search_base (string)"
 6062 msgstr ""
 6063 
 6064 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 6065 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:433
 6066 msgid "ldap_ipnetwork_search_base (string)"
 6067 msgstr ""
 6068 
 6069 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 6070 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:438
 6071 msgid "ldap_search_timeout (integer)"
 6072 msgstr "ldap_search_timeout (entier)"
 6073 
 6074 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6075 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:441
 6076 msgid ""
 6077 "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches are allowed to run "
 6078 "before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode "
 6079 "is entered)"
 6080 msgstr ""
 6081 "Définit le délai d'attente (en secondes) autorisé pour les recherches LDAP "
 6082 "avant annulation et utilisation des résultats contenus dans le cache (et "
 6083 "activation du mode hors ligne)"
 6084 
 6085 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6086 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:447
 6087 msgid ""
 6088 "Note: this option is subject to change in future versions of the SSSD. It "
 6089 "will likely be replaced at some point by a series of timeouts for specific "
 6090 "lookup types."
 6091 msgstr ""
 6092 "Note : cette option est susceptible de changer dans les prochaines version "
 6093 "de SSSD. Elle sera sûrement remplacée par une série de délais d'attente pour "
 6094 "différents types de recherches."
 6095 
 6096 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 6097 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:459
 6098 msgid "ldap_enumeration_search_timeout (integer)"
 6099 msgstr "ldap_enumeration_search_timeout (entier)"
 6100 
 6101 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6102 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:462
 6103 msgid ""
 6104 "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches for user and group "
 6105 "enumerations are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results "
 6106 "are returned (and offline mode is entered)"
 6107 msgstr ""
 6108 "Définit le délai d'attente (en secondes) autorisé pour les recherches LDAP "
 6109 "sur les utilisateurs et groupes avant annulation et utilisation des "
 6110 "résultats mis en cache (et activation du mode hors ligne)"
 6111 
 6112 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 6113 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:475
 6114 msgid "ldap_network_timeout (integer)"
 6115 msgstr "ldap_network_timeout (entier)"
 6116 
 6117 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6118 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:478
 6119 msgid ""
 6120 "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) after which the <citerefentry> "
 6121 "<refentrytitle>poll</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>2</manvolnum> </citerefentry>/"
 6122 "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>select</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>2</"
 6123 "manvolnum> </citerefentry> following a <citerefentry> "
 6124 "<refentrytitle>connect</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>2</manvolnum> </"
 6125 "citerefentry> returns in case of no activity."
 6126 msgstr ""
 6127 "Définit le délai d'attente (en secondes) après lequel les fonctions "
 6128 "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>poll</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>2</manvolnum> "
 6129 "</citerefentry>/<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>select</refentrytitle> "
 6130 "<manvolnum>2</manvolnum> </citerefentry> suivant un <citerefentry> "
 6131 "<refentrytitle>connect</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>2</manvolnum> </"
 6132 "citerefentry> rendent la main en cas d'inactivité."
 6133 
 6134 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 6135 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:501
 6136 msgid "ldap_opt_timeout (integer)"
 6137 msgstr "ldap_opt_timeout (entier)"
 6138 
 6139 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6140 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:504
 6141 msgid ""
 6142 "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) after which calls to synchronous LDAP APIs "
 6143 "will abort if no response is received. Also controls the timeout when "
 6144 "communicating with the KDC in case of SASL bind, the timeout of an LDAP bind "
 6145 "operation, password change extended operation and the StartTLS operation."
 6146 msgstr ""
 6147 
 6148 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 6149 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:519
 6150 msgid "ldap_connection_expire_timeout (integer)"
 6151 msgstr "ldap_connection_expire_timeout (entier)"
 6152 
 6153 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6154 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:522
 6155 msgid ""
 6156 "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) that a connection to an LDAP server will be "
 6157 "maintained. After this time, the connection will be re-established. If used "
 6158 "in parallel with SASL/GSSAPI, the sooner of the two values (this value vs. "
 6159 "the TGT lifetime)  will be used."
 6160 msgstr ""
 6161 "Spécifie un délai d'attente (en secondes) pendant laquelle une connexion à "
 6162 "un serveur LDAP est maintenue. Passé ce délai, la connexion devra être "
 6163 "rétablie. Si ce paramètre est utilisé en parallèle avec SASL/GSSAPI, la plus "
 6164 "courte des deux valeurs entre celle-ci et la durée de vie TGT sera utilisée."
 6165 
 6166 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6167 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:530
 6168 msgid ""
 6169 "This timeout can be extended of a random value specified by "
 6170 "<emphasis>ldap_connection_expire_offset</emphasis>"
 6171 msgstr ""
 6172 
 6173 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6174 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:535 sssd-ldap.5.xml:1565
 6175 msgid "Default: 900 (15 minutes)"
 6176 msgstr "Par défaut : 900 (15 minutes)"
 6177 
 6178 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 6179 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:541
 6180 msgid "ldap_connection_expire_offset (integer)"
 6181 msgstr ""
 6182 
 6183 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6184 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:544
 6185 msgid ""
 6186 "Random offset between 0 and configured value is added to "
 6187 "<emphasis>ldap_connection_expire_timeout</emphasis>."
 6188 msgstr ""
 6189 
 6190 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 6191 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:555
 6192 msgid "ldap_page_size (integer)"
 6193 msgstr "ldap_page_size (entier)"
 6194 
 6195 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6196 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:558
 6197 msgid ""
 6198 "Specify the number of records to retrieve from LDAP in a single request. "
 6199 "Some LDAP servers enforce a maximum limit per-request."
 6200 msgstr ""
 6201 "Définit le nombre d'enregistrements à récupérer lors d'une requête LDAP. "
 6202 "Certains serveurs LDAP imposent une limite maximale par requête."
 6203 
 6204 #. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6205 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:563 include/failover.xml:84
 6206 msgid "Default: 1000"
 6207 msgstr "Par défaut : 1000"
 6208 
 6209 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 6210 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:569
 6211 msgid "ldap_disable_paging (boolean)"
 6212 msgstr "ldap_disable_paging (boolean)"
 6213 
 6214 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6215 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:572
 6216 msgid ""
 6217 "Disable the LDAP paging control. This option should be used if the LDAP "
 6218 "server reports that it supports the LDAP paging control in its RootDSE but "
 6219 "it is not enabled or does not behave properly."
 6220 msgstr ""
 6221 "Désactiver le contrôle de pagination LDAP. Cette option doit être utilisée "
 6222 "si le serveur LDAP signale qu'il prend en charge le contrôle de pagination "
 6223 "LDAP de l'objet RootDSE, mais qu'il n'est pas activé ou ne se comporte pas "
 6224 "correctement."
 6225 
 6226 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6227 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:578
 6228 msgid ""
 6229 "Example: OpenLDAP servers with the paging control module installed on the "
 6230 "server but not enabled will report it in the RootDSE but be unable to use it."
 6231 msgstr ""
 6232 "Exemple : le serveurs OpenLDAP avec le module de contrôle de pagination "
 6233 "installé sur le serveur mais non activé le signaleront dans RootDSE mais il "
 6234 "sera impossible de l'utiliser."
 6235 
 6236 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6237 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:584
 6238 msgid ""
 6239 "Example: 389 DS has a bug where it can only support a one paging control at "
 6240 "a time on a single connection. On busy clients, this can result in some "
 6241 "requests being denied."
 6242 msgstr ""
 6243 "Exemple : 389 DS a un bogue où il ne peut que soutenir qu'un seul contrôle "
 6244 "de pagination à la fois sur une connexion donnée. Sur les clients chargés, "
 6245 "cela peut entraîner l'échec de certaines demandes."
 6246 
 6247 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 6248 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:596
 6249 msgid "ldap_disable_range_retrieval (boolean)"
 6250 msgstr "ldap_disable_range_retrieval (booléen)"
 6251 
 6252 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6253 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:599
 6254 msgid "Disable Active Directory range retrieval."
 6255 msgstr "Désactiver la récupération de plage Active Directory."
 6256 
 6257 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6258 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:602
 6259 msgid ""
 6260 "Active Directory limits the number of members to be retrieved in a single "
 6261 "lookup using the MaxValRange policy (which defaults to 1500 members). If a "
 6262 "group contains more members, the reply would include an AD-specific range "
 6263 "extension. This option disables parsing of the range extension, therefore "
 6264 "large groups will appear as having no members."
 6265 msgstr ""
 6266 "Active Directory limite le nombre de membres à récupérer par recherche à "
 6267 "l'aide de la stratégie MaxValRange (qui prend la valeur par défaut de 1500 "
 6268 "membres). Si un groupe contient plus de membres, la réponse inclura une "
 6269 "extension de plage spécifique à Active Directory. Cette option désactive "
 6270 "l'analyse de cette extension de plage, les groupes de grande taille "
 6271 "apparaissant ainsi sans aucun membre."
 6272 
 6273 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 6274 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:617
 6275 msgid "ldap_sasl_minssf (integer)"
 6276 msgstr "ldap_sasl_minssf (integer)"
 6277 
 6278 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6279 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:620
 6280 msgid ""
 6281 "When communicating with an LDAP server using SASL, specify the minimum "
 6282 "security level necessary to establish the connection. The values of this "
 6283 "option are defined by OpenLDAP."
 6284 msgstr ""
 6285 "Lors de la communication avec un serveur LDAP en utilisant SASL, spécifie le "
 6286 "niveau de sécurité minimal nécessaire pour établir la connexion. Les valeurs "
 6287 "de cette option sont définies par OpenLDAP."
 6288 
 6289 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6290 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:626 sssd-ldap.5.xml:642
 6291 msgid "Default: Use the system default (usually specified by ldap.conf)"
 6292 msgstr ""
 6293 "Par défaut : Utiliser la valeur par défaut du système (généralement spécifié "
 6294 "par ldap.conf)"
 6295 
 6296 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 6297 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:633
 6298 msgid "ldap_sasl_maxssf (integer)"
 6299 msgstr ""
 6300 
 6301 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6302 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:636
 6303 msgid ""